Daikin | BRC7E61W | Service manual | Daikin BRC7E61W Service manual

SiENBE34-703
Service
Manual
Basic Training Manual
R-410A
Heat Pump 50Hz
SiENBE34-703
R-410A
Heat Pump
50Hz
1. Introduction ........................................................................................... vi
1.1 Safety Cautions ....................................................................................... vi
1.2 PREFACE ................................................................................................x
Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 5
1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6
1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6
1.2 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................8
Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts............................ 33
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................34
1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................34
Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 35
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................36
1.1 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P ....................................................................................36
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................38
2.1 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P ....................................................................................38
Part 5 Function............................................................................ 39
1. Operation Mode ....................................................................................40
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................41
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Normal Operation ...................................................................................41
Compressor PI Control...........................................................................42
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................43
Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................44
3. Special Control......................................................................................45
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Table of Contents
Startup Control .......................................................................................45
Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................46
Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................48
Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................49
Restart Standby......................................................................................50
Stopping Operation ................................................................................51
i
SiENBE34-703
4. Protection Control .................................................................................52
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................52
Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................53
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................54
Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................55
5. Other Control.........................................................................................56
5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................56
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................56
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................57
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Drain Pump Control................................................................................57
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................59
Thermostat Sensor in remote control .....................................................60
Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................62
View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................63
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................64
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................64
Part 6 Test Operation ................................................................. 65
1. Test Operation ......................................................................................66
1.1 Procedure and Outline ...........................................................................66
1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On .....................................................69
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout .............................................................70
3. Field Setting ..........................................................................................71
3.1 Field Setting from remote control ...........................................................71
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit..............................................................84
Part 7 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 103
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................105
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Control ...................................................108
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................108
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Control .............................................109
Self-diagnosis by Infrared Remote Control ..........................................110
Operation of the remote control’s Inspection / Test Operation Button .112
remote control Service Mode ...............................................................113
remote control Self-Diagnosis Function ...............................................115
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control ..........................122
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
ii
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ...........................122
“A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect.........................................................123
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......124
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................126
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) .....................127
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion
Valve (Y1E) ..........................................................................................129
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit..............................................131
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........132
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger 133
“C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes..........134
“C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........135
“CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air...............136
“CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in remote control .137
Table of Contents
SiENBE34-703
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
3.40
3.41
3.42
3.43
3.44
3.45
3.46
3.47
3.48
“E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect ......................................................138
“E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch ..........................139
“E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ..........................141
“E5” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ...................................................143
“E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor..........................................144
“E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion
Valve (Y1E, Y3E) .................................................................................145
“F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ..................147
“F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................148
“H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air.....149
“J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) ....150
“J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for Suction
Pipe 1, 2 ...............................................................................................151
“J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Outdoor Unit Heat
Exchanger ............................................................................................152
“J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor Unit Liquid
Pipe ......................................................................................................153
“J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
Thermistor (R4T) ..................................................................................154
“JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................155
“JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor.......................156
“L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board ..........................................157
“L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise ....158
“L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal ...............................159
“L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal.......................................160
“L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error..............................................161
“LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board .................................................................................162
“P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit ...163
“UO” Outdoor Unit: Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure......................................................164
“U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ......................166
“U3” Check Operation not Executed......................................................168
“U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units....169
“U5” Malfunction of Transmission between remote control and Indoor Unit.....171
“U8” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub remote controls.....172
“U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units
in the Same System .............................................................................173
“UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units ................................................175
“UC” Address Duplication of Central remote control ..............................176
“UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Central remote control and
Indoor Unit............................................................................................177
“UF” System is not Set yet .....................................................................179
“UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined...180
4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized remote control .......181
4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized remote control
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................181
4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ............................................................................182
4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................183
4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized
Control..................................................................................................184
Table of Contents
iii
SiENBE34-703
4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting ..........................................186
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control...........187
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................187
5.2 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................189
5.3 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................192
Part 8 Appendix......................................................................... 197
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................198
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................198
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................199
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................202
2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................202
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................203
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................204
3. Option List ...........................................................................................218
3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................218
3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................220
4.
5.
6.
7.
Example of Connection .......................................................................222
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................225
Pressure Sensor .................................................................................227
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules.........228
Part 9 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 231
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................232
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................232
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................234
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................235
Part 10 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 241
1. RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B .......................................................................242
1.1 Procedure to Remove Outside Panels .................................................242
1.2 Procedure to Remove Propeller Fan and Fan Motor ...........................245
1.3 Procedure to Remove Compressor......................................................247
Index
............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ............................................................... iii
iv
Table of Contents
SiENBE34-703
Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
! Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
! The caution items are classified into “
Warning” and “
Caution”. The “
Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “
Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
! About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
! After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the
welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
v
Introduction
SiENBE34-703
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.
Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or
wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.
The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair
Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard
installation frame.
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
window frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
vi
For integral units
only
For integral units
only
SiENBE34-703
Introduction
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote control, be sure to disposed of
the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair
Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
vii
Introduction
SiENBE34-703
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons
Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List
Icon
Type of
Information
Note
Note:
Description
A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Caution
A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning
A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Reference
A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or
in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
Caution
Warning
viii
SiENBE34-703
1.2
Introduction
PREFACE
Thank you for your continued patronage of Daikin products.
This is the new service manual for Daikin's Year 2007 VRVIII-S series Heat Pump System.
Daikin offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs.
We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs.
This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of VRVIII-S series R-410A
Heat Pump System.
June, 2007
After Sales Service Division
ix
Introduction
x
SiENBE34-703
SiENBE34-703
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4
General Information
1
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
SiENBE34-703
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
*Indoor Units
Type
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Double Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Round Flow)
600×600 Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
Type (Mult Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner
Type
Model Name
Power Supply
FXCQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
63M8
80M8
FXFQ
20P7
25P7
32P7
40P7
50P7
63P7
80P7
FXZQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
—
—
—
—
FXKQ
—
25MA
32MA
40MA
—
63MA
—
—
—
FXDQP
20P
25P
32P
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXDQNA
20NA
25NA
32NA
40NA
50NA
63NA
—
—
—
FXDQM8
20M8
25M8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ceiling Mounted
Built-In Type
FXSQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
63M8
80M8 100M8 125M8
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
FXMQ
—
—
—
40MA
50MA
63MA
80MA
100MA
125MA
Ceiling Suspended FXHQ
Type
—
—
32MA
—
—
63MA
—
100MA
—
Slim Ceiling
Mounted Duct
Type
—
125M8
V3
100P7 125P7
VE
V1
VE
V3
V3
Wall Mounted
Type
FXAQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Floor Standing
Type
FXLQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Concealed Floor
Standing Type
FXNQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Ceiling Suspended
Cassette Type
FXUQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
71MA
100MA
125MA
V1
Connection Unit
BEVQM(A)
—
—
—
—
—
—
71MA
100MA
125MA
VE
VE
Note: BEV unit is required for FXUQ only.
VE :1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz, 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
V1 :1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
V3 :1φ, 230V, 50Hz
Outdoor Units
Series
Inverter
Heat Pump
Model Name
RXYSQ
4P
5P
Power Supply
6P
Y1
Y1 :3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
2
General Information
SiENBE34-703
External Appearance
2. External Appearance
2.1
Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
FXCQ20M8
FXCQ25M8
FXCQ32M8
FXCQ40M8
FXCQ50M8
FXCQ63M8
FXCQ80M8
FXCQ125M8
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
FXFQ25P7
FXFQ32P7
FXFQ40P7
FXFQ50P7
FXFQ63P7
FXFQ80P7
FXFQ100P7
FXFQ125P7
600×600 Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
FXZQ20M8
FXZQ25M8
FXZQ32M8
FXZQ40M8
FXZQ50M8
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
FXKQ25MA
FXKQ32MA
FXKQ40MA
FXKQ63MA
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXDQ20P, NA FXDQ20M8
FXDQ25P, NA FXDQ25M8
FXDQ32P, NA
FXDQ40NA
FXDQ50NA
FXDQ63NA
Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type
FXSQ20M
FXSQ25M
FXSQ32M
FXSQ40M
FXSQ50M
FXSQ63M
FXSQ80M
FXSQ100M
FXSQ125M
General Information
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXMQ40MA
FXMQ50MA
FXMQ63MA
FXMQ80MA
FXMQ100MA
FXMQ125MA
Ceiling Suspended Type
FXHQ32MA
FXHQ63MA
FXHQ100MA
Wall Mounted Type
FXAQ20MA
FXAQ25MA
FXAQ32MA
FXAQ40MA
FXAQ50MA
FXAQ63MA
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ20MA
FXLQ25MA
FXLQ32MA
FXLQ40MA
FXLQ50MA
FXLQ63MA
Concealed Floor Standing Type
FXNQ20MA
FXNQ25MA
FXNQ32MA
FXNQ40MA
FXNQ50MA
FXNQ63MA
Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type
(Connection Unit Series)
FXUQ71MA + BEVQ71MA
FXUQ100MA + BEVQ100MA
FXUQ125MA + BEVQ125MA
Connection Unit
3
Capacity Range
SiENBE34-703
3. Capacity Range
Outdoor Units
Capacity Range
RXYSQ
No of Indoor
Units to be
Connected
Total Capacity
Index of Indoor
Units to be
Connected
4HP
4P
5HP
5P
6HP
6P
6
8
9
50~130
62.5~162.5
70~182
Indoor Units
Capacity Range
Capacity Index
0.8HP
20
1HP
25
1.25HP
31.25
1.6HP
40
2HP
50
2.5HP
62.5
3.2HP
80
4HP
100
5HP
125
FXCQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
63M8
80M8
—
125M8
FXFQ
20P7
25P7
32P7
40P7
50P7
63P7
80P7
100P7
125P7
FXZQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
—
—
—
—
—
25MA
32MA
40MA
—
63MA
—
—
—
20P
25P
32P
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXDQ-NA
20NA
25NA
32NA
40NA
50NA
63NA
—
—
—
FXDQ-M8
20M8
25M8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ceiling Mounted
Built-In Type
FXSQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
63M8
80M8
100M8
125M8
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
FXMQ
—
—
—
40MA
50MA
63MA
80MA
100MA 125MA
Ceiling Suspended
Type
FXHQ
—
—
32MA
—
—
63MA
—
100MA
—
Wall Mounted Type
FXAQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Concealed Floor
Standing Type
FXNQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Ceiling Suspended
Cassette Type
FXUQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
71MA
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Double Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Multi Flow)
600×600 Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
Type (Multi Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner Type FXKQ
FXDQ-P
Slim Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
4
100MA 125MA
General Information
SiENBE34-703
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6
1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6
1.2 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................8
Specifications
5
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
1. Specifications
1.1
Outdoor Units
Heat Pump 50Hz <RXYSQ-P7Y1B>
Model Name
H1 Cooling Capacity
H2 Heating Capacity
RXYSQ4P7Y1B
RXYSQ5P7Y1B
kcal / h
9,600
12,000
Btu / h
38,200
47,800
kW
11.2
14.0
kcal / h
10,800
13,800
Btu / h
42,700
54,600
kW
12.5
16.0
Daikin White
Daikin White
1,345×900×320
1,345×900×320
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
m³/h
19.36
19.36
r.p.m
6,480
6,480
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
Motor Output
3.0×1
Direct on line
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
70×2
70×2
m³/min
106/102
106/105
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Liquid Pipe
mm
φ9.52 (Flare Connection)
φ9.52 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipe
mm
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
kg
120
Air Flow Rate (C/H)
Machine Weight
120
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse
Reverse cycle defrosting
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Charge
kg
Control
Refrigerator
Oil
2.5×1
Direct on line
W
Drive
Refrigerant
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Number of Revolutions
Type
Connecting
Pipes
Cross Fin Coil
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross Fin Coil
Charge Volume
L
Standard Accessories
24~100
R-410A
R-410A
4.0
4.0
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
DAPHNE FVC68D
DAPHNE FVC68D
1.5
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps
Drawing No.
Reverse cycle defrosting
24~100
1.5
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps
C: 3TW27631
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
6
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Model Name
RXYSQ6P7Y1B
H1 Cooling Capacity
H2 Heating Capacity
kcal / h
13,300
Btu / h
52,900
kW
15.5
kcal / h
15,500
Btu / h
61,400
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement
m³/h
19.36
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
6,480
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
Starting Method
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
W
70×2
m³/min
106/105
Liquid Pipe
mm
φ9.52 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipe
mm
φ19.1 (Brazing Connection)
Air Flow Rate (C/H)
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Direct Drive
Machine Weight
kg
Defrost Method
Reverse cycle defrosting
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Charge
24~100
R-410A
kg
Control
Refrigerator
Oil
120
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Inverter Overload Protector, Fusible Plugs, Fuse
Safety Devices
Refrigerant
3.5×1
Direct on line
Type
Fan
1,345×900×320
Cross Fin Coil
Type
Comp.
18.0
Daikin White
4.0
Electronic Expansion Valve
DAPHNE FVC68D
Charge Volume
L
1.5
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps,
Auxiliary Piping
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 3TW27631
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level difference
: 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
7
Specifications
1.2
SiENBE34-703
Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
Model
FXCQ20M8V3
FXCQ25M8V3
FXCQ32M8V3
FXCQ40M8V3
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H5 Sound Level (H/L) (220V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
8
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
Model
FXCQ50M8V3
FXCQ63M8V3
FXCQ80M8V3
FXCQ125M8V3
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
9
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)
Model
FXFQ20P7VE
FXFQ25P7VE
FXFQ32P7VE
FXFQ40P7VE
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H5 Sound Level (H/L) (220V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
10
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi-flow)
Model
FXFQ50P7VE
FXFQ63P7VE
FXFQ80P7VE
FXFQ100P7VE
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
11
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Model
FXFQ125P7VE
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H5 Sound Level (H/L) (220V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
12
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
Model
FXZQ20M8V1
FXZQ25M8V1
FXZQ32M8V1
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H5 Sound Level (H/L) (230V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outside unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outside temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
13
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
Model
FXZQ40M8V1
FXZQ50M8V1
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H5 Sound Level (H/L) (230V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outside unit
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outside temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outside temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
14
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
Model
FXKQ25MAVE
FXKQ32MAVE
FXKQ40MAVE
kcal/h
2,500
3,200
4,000
6,300
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
9,900
12,600
16,000
24,900
kW
2.9
3.7
4.7
7.3
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
2.8
3.6
4.5
7.1
H3 Heating Capacity
kcal/h
2,800
3,400
4,300
6,900
Btu/h
10,900
13,600
17,100
27,300
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
3.2
4.0
5.0
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
mm
215×1,110×710
215×1,110×710
215×1,110×710
215×1,310×710
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×11×1.75
2×11×1.75
2×11×1.75
3×11×1.75
Face Area
m²
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.226
3D12H1AN1V1
3D12H1AN1V1
3D12H1AP1V1
4D12H1AJ1V1
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
15×1
15×1
20×1
45×1
m³/min
11/9
11/9
13/10
18/15
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm
388/318
388/318
459/353
635/530
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Piping
Connections
FXKQ63MAVE
Polyethylene Foam
Polyethylene Foam
Polyethylene Foam
Polyethylene Foam
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Drain Pipe
Machine Weight (Mass)
(
)
(
)
(
)
VP25
kg
31
31
31
34
dBA
38/33
38/33
40/34
42/37
Safety Devices
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
BYK71FJW1
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
70×1,240×800
70×1,240×800
70×1,240×800
70×1,440×800
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
H5 Sound Level (H/L) (220V)
Connectable Outdoor Units
Model
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Air Filter
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
8.5
8.5
8.5
9.5
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
3D038813A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1m in front of the unit and 1m downward.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
15
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)
Model
FXDQ20NAVE
FXDQ25NAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
H3 Heating Capacity
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Fan
2.5
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
mm
200×900×620
200×900×620
200×900×620
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×12×1.5
2×12×1.5
2×12×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.176
0.176
0.176
Model
—
—
—
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
62×1
62×1
62×1
m³/min
9.5/7.5
9.5/7.5
10.5/8.5
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ32NAVE
44-15 H5
44-15 H5
44-15 H5
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Machine Weight (Mass)
H6 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
kg
26
26
26
dBA
33/29
33/29
33/29
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
3D051253
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote control this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
H6 The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
16
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)
Model
FXDQ40NAVE
FXDQ50NAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
H3 Heating Capacity
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Fan
5.0
6.3
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
mm
200×900×620
200×900×620
200×1100×620
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×12×1.5
3×12×1.5
3×12×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.176
0.176
0.227
Model
—
—
—
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
62×1
130×1
130×1
m³/min
10.5/8.5
12.5/10.0
16.5/13.0
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ63NAVE
44-15 H5
44-15 H5
44-15 H5
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Machine Weight (Mass)
H6 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
kg
27
28
31
dBA
34/30
35/31
36/32
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
Electronic Expansion Valve
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Warranty,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter
3D051253
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote control this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
H6 The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
17
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)
Model
FXDQ20M8VE
FXDQ25M8VE
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
m³/min
External Static Pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length; 7.5m, level difference;
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote control this pressure means “High static
pressure - Standard static pressure”.
H6 The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx.
5dBA.
18
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
Model
FXSQ20M8V3
FXSQ25M8V3
FXSQ32M8V3
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number of
Units
W
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
m³/min
H4 External static
pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections Gas Pipes
Drain Pipe
mm
mm
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H6 Sound Level (H/L) (220V)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panel
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Weight
mm
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
H4 External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
“High static pressure-Standard -Low static pressure”.
5 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H6 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
19
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
Model
FXSQ40M8V3
FXSQ50M8V3
FXSQ63M8V3
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number of
Units
W
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
m³/min
H4 External static
pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections Gas Pipes
Drain Pipe
mm
mm
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panel
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Weight
mm
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
H4 External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
“High static pressure-Standard -Low static pressure”.
5 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H6 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
20
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
Model
FXSQ80M8V3
FXSQ100M8V3
FXSQ125M8V3
kcal/h
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
kW
kcal/h
H3 Heating Capacity
Btu/h
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
Model
Type
Fan
Motor Output × Number of
Units
W
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
m³/min
H4 External static
pressure
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections Gas Pipes
Drain Pipe
mm
mm
mm
Machine Weight (Mass)
kg
H6 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Model
Decoration
Panel
(Option)
Panel Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Weight
mm
kg
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
H4 External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
“High static pressure-Standard”.
5 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H6 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
21
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
Model
FXMQ40MAVE
FXMQ50MAVE
FXMQ63MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
8,000
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
31,700
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
9.3
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
9.0
H3 Heating Capacity
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
8,600
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
34,100
kW
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
5.0
6.3
8.0
10.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
mm
390×720×690
390×720×690
390×720×690
390×720×690
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×16×2.0
3×16×2.0
3×16×2.0
3×16×2.0
Face Area
m²
0.181
0.181
0.181
0.181
D11/2D3AB1VE
D11/2D3AB1VE
D11/2D3AB1VE
D11/2D3AA1VE
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
100×1
100×1
100×1
160×1
m³/min
14/11.5
14/11.5
14/11.5
19.5/16
cfm
494/406
494/406
494/406
688/565
Pa
157/157-118/108 H4
157/157-118/108 H4
157/157-118/108 H4
157/160-108/98 H4
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
H5
H5
H5
H5
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
External Static
Pressure 50 / 60Hz
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXMQ80MAVE
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Drain Pipe
Machine Weight (Mass)
(
)
(
)
(
)
VP25
kg
44
44
44
45
dBA
39/35
39/35
39/35
42/38
Safety Devices
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws.
H7 Sound Level (H/L)
Connectable outdoor unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
3D038814A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
H4 External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
"High static pressure-Standard".
H5 Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
colorimetric method (gravity method) 50% or more.
6 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H7 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
22
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
Model
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
FXMQ100MAVE
FXMQ125MAVE
kcal/h
10,000
12,500
Btu/h
39,600
49,500
kW
11.6
14.5
kW
11.2
14.0
kcal/h
10,800
13,800
Btu/h
42,700
54,600
kW
12.5
16.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
H3 Heating Capacity
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
390×1,110×690
390×1,110×690
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×16×2.0
3×16×2.0
Face Area
m²
0.319
0.319
2D11/2D3AG1VE
2D11/2D3AF1VE
Model
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
270×1
430×1
m³/min
29/23
36/29
cfm
1,024/812
1,271/1,024
Pa
157/172-98/98 H4
191/245-152/172 H4
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Fan
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
External Static
Pressure 50 / 60Hz
Drive
Temperature Control
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
H5
H5
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Drain Pipe
Machine Weight (Mass)
(
VP25
)
kg
63
65
dBA
43/39
45/42
Safety Devices
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Refrigerant Control
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
H7 Sound Level (H/L)
Connectable outdoor unit
Operation Manual, Installation Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Operation Manual, Installation Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp
Metal, Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws. Metal, Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
3D038814A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
H4 External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means
"High static pressure-Standard".
H5 Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
colorimetric method (gravity method) 50% or more.
6 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H7 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
23
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Ceiling Suspended Type
Model
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
H3 Heating Capacity
FXHQ32MAVE
FXHQ63MAVE
FXHQ100MAVE
kcal/h
3,200
6,300
10,000
Btu/h
12,600
24,900
39,600
kW
3.7
7.3
11.6
kW
3.6
7.1
11.2
kcal/h
3,400
6,900
10,800
Btu/h
13,600
27,300
42,700
kW
4.0
8.0
12.5
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
195×960×680
195×1,160×680
195×1,400×680
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
2×12×1.75
3×12×1.75
3×12×1.75
Face Area
m²
0.182
0.233
0.293
3D12K1AA1
4D12K1AA1
3D12K2AA1
Sirocco Fan
Model
Type
Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
62×1
62×1
130×1
m³/min
12/10
17.5/14
25/19.5
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
424/353
618/494
883/688
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool
Glass Wool
Glass Wool
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
kg
24
28
33
dBA
36/31
39/34
45/37
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.
3D038815A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
24
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Wall Mounted Type
Model
FXAQ20MAVE
FXAQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
H3 Heating Capacity
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
3.2
4.0
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
mm
290×795×230
290×795×230
290×795×230
mm
2×14×1.4
2×14×1.4
2×14×1.4
Face Area
m²
0.161
0.161
0.161
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
Type
Cross Flow Fan
Cross Flow Fan
Cross Flow Fan
W
40×1
40×1
40×1
m³/min
7.5/4.5
8/5
9/5.5
cfm
265/159
282/177
318/194
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
2.5
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
Model
Fan
FXAQ32MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
Drain Pipe
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
kg
11
11
11
dBA
35/29
36/29
37/29
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
3D039370B
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length:7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
25
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Wall Mounted Type
Model
FXAQ40MAVE
FXAQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
H3 Heating Capacity
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
6.3
8.0
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
mm
290×1,050×230
290×1,050×230
290×1,050×230
mm
2×14×1.4
2×14×1.4
2×14×1.4
Face Area
m²
0.213
0.213
0.213
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
Cross Flow Fan
Type
Cross Flow Fan
Cross Flow Fan
W
43×1
43×1
43×1
m³/min
12/9
15/12
19/14
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
5.0
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
Model
Fan
FXAQ63MAVE
424/318
530/424
671/494
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
Resin Net (Washable)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
VP13
(External Dia. 18 Internal Dia. 13)
Drain Pipe
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
kg
14
14
14
dBA
39/34
42/36
46/39
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.
3D039370B
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp; 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
26
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Floor Standing Type
Model
FXLQ20MAVE
FXLQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
H3 Heating Capacity
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
3.2
4.0
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
mm
600×1,000×222
600×1,000×222
600×1,140×222
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
15×1
15×1
25×1
m³/min
7/6
7/6
8/6
cfm
247/212
247/212
282/212
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
2.5
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
Model
Fan
FXLQ32MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
25
25
30
dBA
35/32
35/32
35/32
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
3D038816A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
27
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Floor Standing Type
Model
FXLQ40MAVE
FXLQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
H3 Heating Capacity
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
6.3
8.0
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
mm
600×1,140×222
600×1,420×222
600×1,420×222
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.200
0.282
0.282
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
25×1
35×1
35×1
m³/min
11/8.5
14/11
16/12
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
5.0
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
Model
Fan
FXLQ63MAVE
388/300
494/388
565/424
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
30
36
36
dBA
38/33
39/34
40/35
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
3D038816A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
28
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Concealed Floor Standing Type
Model
FXNQ20MAVE
FXNQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
H3 Heating Capacity
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
3.2
4.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
mm
610×930×220
610×930×220
610×1,070×220
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
15×1
15×1
25×1
m³/min
7/6
7/6
8/6
cfm
247/212
247/212
282/212
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
2.5
Galvanized Steel Plate
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
Model
Fan
FXNQ32MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
19
19
23
dBA
35/32
35/32
35/32
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
3D038817A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
29
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Concealed Floor Standing Type
Model
FXNQ40MAVE
FXNQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
H3 Heating Capacity
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
6.3
8.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
mm
610×1,070×220
610×1,350×220
610×1,350×220
mm
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
3×14×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.200
0.282
0.282
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
Type
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
W
25×1
35×1
35×1
m³/min
11/8.5
14/11
16/12
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
5.0
Galvanized Steel Plate
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
Model
Fan
FXNQ63MAVE
388/300
494/388
565/424
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ6.4 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ12.7 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
φ21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
23
27
27
dBA
38/33
39/34
40/35
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A P Series
R-410A P Series
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
R-410A P Series
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
3D038817A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
30
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Specifications
Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type
Model
Indoor Unit
FXUQ71MAV1
FXUQ100MAV1
FXUQ125MAV1
Connection Unit
BEVQ71MAVE
BEVQ100MAVE
BEVQ125MAVE
kcal/h
7,100
10,000
12,500
Btu/h
28,300
39,600
49,500
kW
8.3
11.6
14.5
kW
8.0
11.2
14.0
kcal/h
7,700
10,800
12,000
Btu/h
30,700
42,700
47,800
kW
9.0
12.5
14.0
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
H1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
H2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
H3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Fan
mm
165×895×895
230×895×895
230×895×895
Rows×Stages×Fin Pitch
mm
3×6×1.5
3×8×1.5
3×8×1.5
Face Area
m²
0.265
0.353
0.353
Model
QTS48A10M
QTS50B15M
QTS50B15M
Type
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
Motor Output × Number
of Units
Air Flow Rate (H/L)
W
45×1
90×1
90×1
m³/min
19/14
29/21
32/23
cfm
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Piping
Connections
671/494
1,024/741
1,130/812
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Microprocessor Thermostat for
Cooling and Heating
Heat Resistant Foamed Polyethylene,
Regular Foamed Polyethylene
Heat Resistant Foamed Polyethylene,
Regular Foamed Polyethylene
Heat Resistant Foamed Polyethylene,
Regular Foamed Polyethylene
Liquid Pipes
mm
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
φ9.5 (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
mm
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
φ15.9 (Flare Connection)
Drain Pipe
mm
I.Dφ20×O.Dφ26
I.Dφ20×O.Dφ26
I.Dφ20×O.Dφ26
kg
25
31
31
dBA
40/35
43/38
44/39
Machine Weight (Mass)
H5 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers, Holding
Plate.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers, Holding
Plate.
Operation Manual, Installation
Manual, Drain Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers, Holding
Plate.
C:4D045395A
Notes:
H1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp.: 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
H3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp.: 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level difference:
0m. (Heat pump only)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
H5 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formula
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
31
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
BEV Units
Model
Power Supply
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Piping
Connection
BEVQ125MAVE
1 Phase 50Hz 220~240V
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
Galvanized Steel Plate
100×350×225
100×350×225
100×350×225
Flame and Heat Resistant Foamed
Polyethylene
Flame and Heat Resistant Foamed
Polyethylene
Flame and Heat Resistant Foamed
Polyethylene
Liquid Pipes
9.5mm (Flare Connection)
9.5mm (Flare Connection)
9.5mm (Flare Connection)
Gas Pipes
15.9mm (Flare Connection)
15.9mm (Flare Connection)
15.9mm (Flare Connection)
Outdoor
Unit
Liquid Pipes
9.5mm (Flare Connection)
9.5mm (Flare Connection)
9.5mm (Flare Connection)
Suction Gas Pipes
15.9mm (Flare Connection)
15.9mm (Flare Connection)
15.9mm (Flare Connection)
Standard Accessories
32
BEVQ100MAVE
1 Phase 50Hz 220~240V
Indoor
Unit
Machine Weight (Mass)
Drawing No.
BEVQ71MAVE
1 Phase 50Hz 220~240V
kg
3.0
3.0
3.5
Installation manual, Gas piping
connections, Insulation for fitting,
Sealing material, Clamps
Installation manual, Gas piping
connections, Insulation for fitting,
Sealing material, Clamps
Installation manual, Gas piping
connections, Insulation for fitting,
Sealing material, Clamps
4D045387A
4D045387A
4D045388A
Specifications
SiENBE34-703
Part 3
List of Electrical and
Functional Parts
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................34
1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................34
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
33
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-703
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts
1.1
Outdoor Unit
Item
Compressor
Fan motor
Functional
parts
Name
Type
Output
Crankcase heater (INV)
Motor
Over-current relay
Electronic expansion Cooling
valve (Main)
Heating
Electronic expansion Cooling
valve (Subcool)
Heating
4 way valve
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Unload circuit)
Inverter
Pressure switch (INV)
Pressurerelated parts
Thermistor
Others
34
Fusible plug
Pressure sensor (HP)
Pressure sensor (LP)
For outdoor air
For discharge pipe
For suction pipe 1
For subcooling heat
Main exchanger
PCB
For suction pipe 2
For heat exchanger
For liquid pipe 1
For liquid pipe 2
Fuse (A1P)
—
S1NPH
S1NPL
R1T
R2T
R3T
Model
5HP
6HP
JT1G-VDLYR
2.5kW
3.0kW
3.5kW
33W
0.07kW
3.2A
480pls
PI control
PI control
PI control
STF-0404G
TEV1620DQ2
TEV1620DQ2
ACB-4UB10
OFF: 4.0+0/-0.15MPa ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
FPGH-3D 70~75°C
PS8051A 0~4.15MPa
PS8051A –0.05~1.7MPa
3.5~360kΩ
5.0~640kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
—
A1P X17A
A1P X18A
A1P X11A
A1P X12A 1-2Pin
A1P X12A 3-4Pin
R4T
3.5~360kΩ
A1P X12A 5-6Pin
R5T
R6T
R7T
R8T
F1U
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
AC250V 6.3A Time lag fuse
A1P X12A 7-8Pin
A1P X13A 1-2Pin
A1P X13A 3-4Pin
A1P X13A 5-6Pin
—
Symbol
M1C
E1HC
M1F·M2F
—
Y1E
Y3E
Y1S
Y2S
Y3S
S1PH
4HP
Remark
(PCB terminal)
Relay
A2P X102A
A1P X28A
—
—
A1P X21A
A1P X22A
A1P X25A
A1P X26A
A1P X27A
A1P X32A
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-703
Part 4
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................36
1.1 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P ....................................................................................36
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................38
2.1 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P ....................................................................................38
Refrigerant Circuit
35
Refrigerant Circuit
SiENBE34-703
1. Refrigerant Circuit
1.1
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
36
Name
Major Function
A
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using
the inverter.
31 steps
D
M1F
M2F
Inverter fan
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 8-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
E
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EV1)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
F
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcool: EV3)
Pl control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
G
Y2S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
H
Y3S
Solenoid valve (Unload circuit
SVUL)
Used to the unloading operation of compressor.
M
Y1S
Four way valve
Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
N
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
O
S1NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
P
S1PH
S
HP pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs, this
switch is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor
operation.
—
Fusible plug
In order to prevent the increase of pressure when abnormal heating is caused by fire
or others, the fusible part of the plug is molten at a temperature of 70 to 75°C to
release the pressure into the atmosphere.
T
—
Pressure regulating valve 1
(Receiver to discharge pipe)
This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase, thus
resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in
transportation or storage.
1
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
2
R2T
Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
compressor, and others.
3
R3T
Thermistor
(Suction pipe1: Ts1)
used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree
constant in heating operation, and others.
4
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine defrosting
operation, and others.
5
R5T
Thermistor
(Suction pipe2: Ts2)
Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc.
6
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve.
7
R7T
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe: Tl1)
Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others.
8
R8T
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe: Tl2)
Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others.
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Filter
ACCUMULATOR
7
F
A
Compressor
Solenoid
valve
H
Low pressure
sensor
O
T
Filter
P
Capillary
tube
High pressure
switch
E
Electronic
expansion valve
Pressure
regulating valve
3
S
Stop valve (With service port on field piping side φ7.9mm flare connection)
5
Capillary
tube
Filter
6
Service port
Subcooling
heat exchanger
Double pipe
heat exchanger
Service port
Electronic
expansion valve
D
Filter
N
High pressure
sensor
M
Four way
valve
D
Heat exchanger
2
Capillary
tube
Filter
1
Service port
4
Solenoid
valve
G
8
SiENBE34-703
Refrigerant Circuit
C : 3D052628
37
Functional Parts Layout
SiENBE34-703
2. Functional Parts Layout
2.1
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P
Birds-eye view
PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
LEAD WIRE
S1NPH
(CONNECTOR COLOR : RED)
(LOW VOLTAGE)
R6T SUBCOOLING GAS PIPE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
R3T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1)
(MARKING COLOR : RED)
SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE
Y2S
Y1S 4 WAY VALVE LEAD WIRE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLACK)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2)
R5T
S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
(MARKING COLOR : GREEN)
SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE
Y3S
(CONNECTOR COLOR : PINK)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
PRESSURE SWITCH
LEAD WIRE
S1PH
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE)
R2T
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
CRANKCASE HEATER LEAD WIRE
E1HC
R7T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : GRAY)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
(MARKING COLOR : BLUE)
38
Refrigerant Circuit
SiENBE34-703
Part 5
Function
1. Operation Mode ....................................................................................40
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................41
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Normal Operation ...................................................................................41
Compressor PI Control...........................................................................42
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................43
Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................44
3. Special Control......................................................................................45
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Startup Control .......................................................................................45
Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................46
Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................48
Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................49
Restart Standby......................................................................................50
Stopping Operation ................................................................................51
4. Protection Control .................................................................................52
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................52
Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................53
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................54
Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................55
5. Other Control.........................................................................................56
5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................56
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................56
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................57
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Function
Drain Pump Control................................................................................57
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................59
Thermostat Sensor in remote control .....................................................60
Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................62
View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................63
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................64
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................64
39
Operation Mode
SiENBE34-703
1. Operation Mode
Operation in
stop mode
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Indoor unit thermostat ON
Malfunction/Standby
Restart standby
(Compressor stop)
Pressure
equalization
prior to startup
Malfunction/
Standby
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Startup control
• Cooling startup
control
• Heating startup
control
Indoor unit thermostat ON
Pump-down
residual
operation
Malfunction/Standby
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Normal operation
• Compressor PI control
• Electronic expansion
valve PI control
• Protection control
Cooling or heating
operation
Malfunction/
Standby
Oil return IN
conditions are met.
Yes
Oil return operation
No
Defrost IN
conditions are met.
Yes
Defrosting operation
No
Operation
mode change
No
Yes
Note:
In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat
turns OFF while in oil return operation or
defrosting operation, pump-down residual
operation is performed on completion of the oil
return operation or defrosting operation.
(V3152)
40
Function
SiENBE34-703
Basic Control
2. Basic Control
2.1
Normal Operation
! Cooling Operation
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
Compressor PI control
Outdoor unit fan
Four way valve
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
Cooling fan control
OFF
480 pls
Remarks
Used for high pressure protection control, low
pressure protection control, discharge pipe
temperature protection control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit control with
inverter protection control.
⎯
⎯
⎯
PI control
⎯
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
This valve turns on with low pressure protection
control.
! Heating Operation
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
Compressor PI control
Outdoor unit fan
Four way valve
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
STEP 7 or 8
ON
PI control
Remarks
Used for high pressure protection control, low
pressure protection control, discharge pipe
temperature protection control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit control with
inverter protection control.
⎯
⎯
⎯
PI control
⎯
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
This valve turns on with low pressure protection
control.
HHeating operation is not functional at an outdoor air temperature of 24°CDB or more.
Function
41
Basic Control
2.2
SiENBE34-703
Compressor PI Control
Compressor PI Control
Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling
operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance.
[Cooling operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to
achieve target value (TeS).
Te setting (Set in Set-up mode 2)
L
M (Normal)
H
(factory
setting)
3
6
9
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
TeS : Target Te value
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
[Heating operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to
achieve target value (TcS).
Tc setting
L
M (Normal)
H
(factory
setting)
43
46
49
RX(Y)MQ4 · 5 · 6P
STn INV(Fullload) INV(Unload)
1
36.0Hz
2
39.0Hz
3
43.0Hz
4
47.0Hz
5
52.0Hz
6
52.0Hz
57.0Hz
7
57.0Hz
64.0Hz
8
62.0Hz
71.0Hz
9
68.0Hz
78.0Hz
10
74.0Hz
∗
42
STn
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Tc : High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
TcS : Target Tc value
(Varies depending on Tc setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
INV(Fullload) INV(Unload)
80.0Hz
86.0Hz
92.0Hz
98.0Hz
104.0Hz
110.0Hz
116.0Hz
122.0Hz
128.0Hz
134.0Hz
STn
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
INV(Fullload) INV(Unload)
140.0Hz
146.0Hz
152.0Hz
158.0Hz
164.0Hz
170.0Hz
175.0Hz
180.0Hz
185.0Hz
190.0Hz
195.0Hz
Compressors may operate in a pattern other than those listed in above tables subject to the operating conditions.
Selection of full load operation to/from unload operation is made with the unload circuit solenoid valve
(Y3S=SVUL). The full load operation is performed with the SVUL set to OFF, while the unload operation is
performed with the SVUL set to ON.
Function
SiENBE34-703
2.3
Basic Control
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control
Main Electronic Expansion Valve EV1 Control
Carries out the electronic expansion valve (Y1E) PI control to maintain the evaporator outlet
superheated degree (SH) at constant during heating operation to make maximum use of the
outdoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator).
SH = Ts1 - Te
SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (°C)
Ts1 : Suction pipe temperature detected by
thermistor R3T (°C)
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
The optimum initial value of the evaporator outlet superheated degree is 3°C, but varies
depending on the discharge pipe superheated degree of inverter compressor.
Subcooling Electronic Expansion Valve EV3 Control
Makes PI control of the electronic expansion valve (Y3E) to keep the superheated degree (SH)
of the outlet gas pipe on the evaporator side for the full use of the subcooling heat exchanger.
SH = Tsh -Te
Function
SH : Outlet superheated degree of evaporator (°C)
Tsh : Suction pipe temperature detected with the
thermistor R4T (°C)
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
43
Basic Control
2.4
SiENBE34-703
Cooling Operation Fan Control
In cooling operation with low outdoor air temperature, this control is used to provide the
adequate amount of circulation air with liquid pressure secured by high pressure control using
outdoor unit fan.
Furthermore, when outdoor temperature ≥ 20°C, the compressor will run in Step 7 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 18°C, it will run in Step 5 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 12°C, it will run in Step 1 or higher.
Upper limit of fan
revolutions: Step 8
Pc<2.75MPa
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
Pc>3.24MPa
Upper limit of outdoor unit
fan revolutions
Step 7
PI control
Lapse of 20 sec.
PI control
-1 step on
+1 step on
Hold the
current step on
outdoor unit fan
outdoor unit fan
outdoor unit fan
PI control
Lapse of 20 sec.
Fan Steps
44
Cooling
M1F
M2F
STEP0
0rpm
0 rpm
STEP1
250rpm
0 rpm
STEP2
400rpm
0 rpm
STEP3
285rpm
250 rpm
STEP4
360rpm
325rpm
STEP5
445rpm
410 rpm
STEP6
580rpm
545 rpm
STEP7
715rpm
680 rpm
STEP8
850rpm
815 rpm
Function
SiENBE34-703
Special Control
3. Special Control
3.1
Startup Control
This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the
compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor.
In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made
and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position the four way valve, the master and slave units
simultaneously start up.
3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation
Thermostat ON
Startup control
Pressure equalization control
prior to startup
STEP1
STEP2
Compressor
0 Hz
57 Hz Unload
57 Hz Unload
+2 steps/20 sec.
(until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved)
Outdoor unit fan
STEP7
Ta<20°C: OFF
Ta≥20°C: STEP4
+1 step/15 sec. (when Pc>2.16MPa)
-1 step/15 sec. (when Pc<1.77MPa)
Four way valve (20S1)
Holds
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion
valve (EV1)
0 pls
480 pls
480 pls
Subcooling electronic
expansion valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve
(SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
OR
A lapse of 10 sec.
OR
• Pc - Pe<0.3MPa
• A lapse of 1 to 5 min.
• A lapse of 130 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.39MPa
3.1.2 Startup Control in Heating Operation
Thermostat ON
Startup control
Pressure equalization control
prior to startup
STEP1
STEP2
Compressor
0 Hz
57 Hz Unload
57 Hz Unload
+2 steps/20 sec.
(until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved)
Outdoor unit fan
From starting
~ 1 min. : STEP 7
1 ~ 3 min. : STEP 3
3 ~ 5 min. : OFF
STEP8
STEP8
Four way valve
Holds
ON
ON
Main electronic expansion
valve (EV1)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Subcooling electronic
expansion valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve
(SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
OR
A lapse of 10 sec.
OR
Function
• Pc - Pe<0.3MPa
• A lapse of 1 to 5 min.
• A lapse of 130 sec.
• Pc>2.70MPa
• Pc - Pe>0.39MPa
45
Special Control
3.2
SiENBE34-703
Oil Return Operation
In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil flown out
from the compressor to the system side.
3.2.1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation
[Start conditions]
Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the oil return operation in cooling.
• Cumulative oil feed rate
• Timer setting (Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating time
reaches two hours after power supply is turned ON and then every eight hours.)
Furthermore, the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Outdoor unit actuator
Oil return preparation
operation
Oil return operation
Post-oil-return operation
Compressor
Hz Full load
Take the current step as the 52
(→
Low pressure constant
upper limit.
control)
Outdoor unit fan
Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling)
Four way valve
OFF
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1)
480 pls
480 pls
480 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion
valve (EV3)
SH control
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
20 sec.
or
Indoor unit actuator
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
46
• 3 min.
• Ts - Te<5°C
Same as the “oil return
operation” mode.
or
• 3 min.
• Pe<0.6MPa
• HTdi>110°C
Cooling oil return operation
Thermostat ON unit
remote control setting
Stopping unit
OFF
Thermostat OFF unit
remote control setting
Thermostat ON unit
Normal opening
Stopping unit
224 pls
Thermostat OFF unit
Normal opening with forced thermostat ON
Function
SiENBE34-703
Special Control
3.2.2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation
[Conditions to start]
The heating oil-returning operation is started referring following conditions.
! Integrated amount of displaced oil
! Timer
(After the power is turned on, integrated operating-time is 2 hours and subsequently every 8
hours.)
In addition, integrated amount of displaced oil is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor
load.
Outdoor Unit Actuator
Compressor
Oil return preparation
operation
Upper limit control
Oil return operation
Post-oil-return operation
2-step increase from
36 Hz Unload to
(Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa)
every 20 sec.
140 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan
STEP8
OFF
STEP8
Four way valve
ON
OFF
ON
Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1)
SH control
480 pls
55 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion
valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
2 min.
or
• 12 min.
&{• Ts1 - Te<5°C
• Tb>11°C
or
• 160 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.4MPa
* From the preparing oil-returning operation to the oil-returning operation, and from the oilreturning operation to the operation after oil-returning, the compressor stops for 1 minute to
reduce noise on changing of the four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
Function
Heating oil return operation
Thermostat ON unit
OFF
Stopping unit
OFF
Thermostat OFF unit
OFF
Thermostat ON unit
416 pls
Stopping unit
256 pls
Thermostat OFF unit
416 pls
47
Special Control
3.3
SiENBE34-703
Defrosting Operation
The defrost operation is performed to solve frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger when
heating, and the heating capacity is recovered.
[Conditions to start]
The defrost operation is started referring following conditions.
! Outdoor heat exchanger heat transfer co-efficiency
! Temperature of heat-exchange (Tb)
! Timer (2 hours at the minimum)
In addition, outdoor heat-exchange co-efficiency is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor
load.
Defrost preparation
operation
Outdoor unit actuator
Defrost operation
Post Defrost operation
Compressor
Upper limit control
140 Hz Full load
2-step increase from
36 Hz Unload to
(Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa)
every 20 sec.
Outdoor unit fan
STEP8
OFF
STEP8
Four way valve
ON
OFF
ON
Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1)
SH control
480 pls
55 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion
valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
ON
ON
Ending conditions
2 min.
or
• 15 min.
&{• Tb>11°C
• Ts1 - Te<5°C
or
• 160 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.4MPa
* From the preparing operation to the defrost operation, and from the defrost operation to the
operation after defrost, the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the
four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
48
Heating oil return operation
Thermostat ON unit
OFF
Stopping unit
OFF
Thermostat OFF unit
OFF
Thermostat ON unit
416 pls
Stopping unit
256 pls
Thermostat OFF unit
416 pls
Function
SiENBE34-703
3.4
Special Control
Pump-down Residual Operation
When activating compressor, if the liquid refrigerant remains in the heat-exchanger, the liquid
enters into the compressor and dilutes oil therein resulting in decrease of lubricity.
Therefore, the pump-down residual operation is performed to collect the refrigerant in the heatexchanger when the compressor is down.
3.4.1 Pump-down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation
Pump-down residual operation Step 1
Pump-down residual operation Step 2
Compressor
Actuator
124 Hz Full load
52 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan
Fan control
Fan control
Four way valve
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
480 pls
240 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
2 sec.
2 sec.
3.4.2 Pump-down Residual Operation in Heating Operation
Actuator
Pump-down residual operation
Compressor
124 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan
STEP7
Four way valve
ON
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
Ending conditions
4 sec.
Function
49
Special Control
3.5
SiENBE34-703
Restart Standby
Restart is stood by force to prevent frequent power-on/off and to equalize pressure in the
refrigerant system.
Actuator
Operation
Remarks
Compressor
OFF
⎯
Outdoor unit fan
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
⎯
Four way valve
Keep former condition.
⎯
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
0 pls
⎯
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
0 pls
⎯
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
⎯
Ending conditions
2 min.
⎯
50
Function
SiENBE34-703
3.6
Special Control
Stopping Operation
Operation of the actuator when the system is down, is cleared up.
3.6.1 When System is in Stop Mode
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
OFF
Outdoor unit fan
OFF
Four way valve
Keep former condition.
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3)
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
Ending conditions
Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON.
Function
51
Protection Control
SiENBE34-703
4. Protection Control
4.1
High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due
to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient
increase of high pressure.
[In cooling operation]
Pc>3.47MPa
High pressure not limited
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
INV upper limit frequency=Max
High pressure limited
INV upper limit frequency :
3-step down from current
compressor frequency
Pc>3.47MPa
After 10 sec.
Keeping the current step
Pc<3.23MPa
After 15 sec.
INV upper limit frequency :
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Pc>3.64MPa
When occurring 10 times within 60
minutes, HPS is activated without high
pressure standby, thus outputting the
malfunction code "E3".
High pressure
standby
[In heating operation]
High-pressure drop
Pc>3.04MPa
High pressure not limited
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
Pc<2.89MPa
High pressure limited
INV upper limit frequency :
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
Pc>3.04MPa
After 10 sec.
Keeping the current step
Pc<2.94MPa
After 60 sec.
INV upper limit frequency :
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Pc>3.64MPa
High pressure
standby
52
When occurring 10 times within 60
minutes, HPS is activated without high
pressure standby, thus outputting the
malfunction code "E3".
Function
SiENBE34-703
4.2
Protection Control
Low Pressure Protection Control
This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient
decrease of low pressure.
[In cooling operation]
Low pressure not limited
Pe: LP pressure sensor detection
value
Pe>0.39MPa
Pe<0.25MPa
Low pressure
limited
Hot gas SVP = OFF
Pe<0.15MPa
Pe>0.30MPa
36Hz Unload
Hot gas SVP = ON
Pe<0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code "E4" is output.
[In heating operation]
Pe: LP pressure sensor detection
value
Low pressure not limited
or
&
Pe> 0.09MPa
• Ts-Teg < 8deg
• Pe>0.06MPa
Low pressure limited
INV upper limit frequency :
3-step down from current
compressor frequency
Pe<0.17MPa
After 10 sec.
Current step limited
Pe>0.20MPa
After 15 sec.
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Hot gas SVP = OFF
Pe< 0.12MPa
Pe> 0.17MPa
Hot gas SVP = ON
Pe< 0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
Function
When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code "E4" is output.
53
Protection Control
4.3
SiENBE34-703
Discharge Pipe Protection Control
This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature
against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[INV compressor]
Discharge pipe protection
control not limited
or
HTdi>115°C
Tp>135°C
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
&
HTdi<100°C
Tp<110°C
HTdi : Value of INV compressor discharge pipe
temperature (Tdi) compensated with
outdoor air temperature
Tp : Value of compressor port temperature
calculated by Tc and Te, and suction
superheated degree.
After 30 sec.
or HTdi>115°C
Tp>135°C
&
HTdi>130°C
HTdi>120°C
or
for 90 sec.
or more.
In discharge pipe temp.
protection control
INV upper limit frequency: 1-step up
from current compressor frequency
After 20 sec.
36 Hz Unload
or
HTdi>135°C
HTdi>120°C for 10 min. or more.
Discharge pipe
temperature standby
54
HTdi<110°C
Tp<125°C
When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes,
the malfunction code “F3” is output.
Function
SiENBE34-703
4.4
Protection Control
Inverter Protection Control
Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to a malfunction, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]
Not limited
·Inverter current12A
·INV upper limit frequency=max Hz
&
Inverter current >12A
Limited
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
·10 sec.
& ·Matching of frequency
Inverter current>12A
Status quo
Inverter current £ 12A
continues for 3 min.
Without conditions
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Inverter current ≥ 13.1A continues for 260 sec.
• When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,
the malfunction code “L8” is output.
Inverter current
standby
[Inverter fin temperature control]
Not limited
&
Tfin≥79°C
• Tfin<76°C
• INV upper limit frequency=max Hz
Limited
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
&
Tfin≥79°C
• 10 sec.
• Macthing of frequency
Status quo
Tfin≤76°C
continues for 3 min.
Without conditions
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Tfin≥84°C
Fin temp. standby
Function
• When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,
the malfunction code “L4” is output.
55
Other Control
SiENBE34-703
5. Other Control
5.1
Demand Operation
In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control
forcibly by using “Demand 1 Setting”.
To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of “Continuous Demand Setting”.
[Demand 1 setting]
Setting
Demand 1 setting 1
Demand 1 setting 2 (factory setting)
Demand 1 setting 3
Standard for upper limit of power consumption
Approx. 60%
Approx. 70%
Approx. 80%
H Other protection control functions have precedence over the above operation.
5.2
Heating Operation Prohibition
Heating operation is prohibited above 24°CDB outdoor air temperature.
56
Function
SiENBE34-703
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.1
Drain Pump Control
1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure
below).
6.1.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
ON:
Remote control “A3” flashing
malfunction stop
ON
Thermostat
(running)
OFF
ON
Float switch
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
*1) Residual operation
5 min. 5 sec.
Malfunction residual
(VL008)
∗ 1. The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of
the indoor unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation.
6.1.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
OFF:
Enters malfunction treatment if the float switch is not reset within 5 minutes.
Thermostat
(running)
ON
Remote control “A3” flashing malfunction stop
OFF
Float switch
ON
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
Function
5 sec.
5 min.
5 sec.
(VL009)
57
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
SiENBE34-703
6.1.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Operation:
Thermostat
(running)
ON
Remote control “A3” flashing malfunction stop
OFF
ON
Humidifier
OFF
Reset
ON
Float switch
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
5 sec.
5 min.
(VL010)
During heating operation, if the float switch is not reset even after the 5 minutes operation, 5
seconds stop, 5 minutes operation cycle ends, operation continues until the switch is reset.
6.1.4 When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is Displayed on the
remote control:
Enters malfunction treatment
if the float switch is not reset
within 5 minutes.
Remote control “A3” flashing
malfunction stop
“AF” display (running)
Remote control
display
ON
Float switch
OFF
1st time
2nd time
3rd time
4th time
5th time
ON
Drain pump
OFF
*1 = 5 min.
Note:
58
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
(VL011)
If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain malfunction is determined to have
occurred. “AF” is then displayed as operation continues.
Function
SiENBE34-703
6.2
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt
We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can
be adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling
mounted cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multiflow and corner types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
P0
P0
P1
P0
P1
P3
P4
P4
P4'
P0
P1
P2
P2
P0'
P1'
P2'
P2
Posición de
prevención de
corrientes
Ceiling soiling prevention
position
(Not for Multi flow type)
Standard Setting position
Draft prevention position
P4
P3'
P3
P4
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Same as existing position
Range of direction adjustment
Standard
position
Prohibited
P0'
P1'
P2'
P3'
P4'
Seperated into 5 positions
(P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment
Dirt
prevention
position
Prohibited
The factory set position is standard position.
Function
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Separated into 5 positions
(P2 - 4)
(VL012)
59
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.3
SiENBE34-703
Thermostat Sensor in remote control
Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in remote control and air suction
thermostat in the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the thermostat
sensor in remote control is set to “Use.” )
Cooling
If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature, fine
adjustment control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor, or using the sensor in the
remote control near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset
temperature.
°C
32
Preset Temperature (Ts)
TH1 = Ts – 1
30
TH1 = Ts + 1
28
TH1 = Ts -3
TH1 = Ts + 3
26
A
B
C
D
E
F
24
22
20
18
16
°C
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
Suction temperature (TH1)
Range in which thermostat sensor
in remote control can be used
Range in which body thermostat
sensor can be used
Differential
(VG003)
! Ex: When cooling
Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C to 30°C (A → F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 23°C (A → C).
remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 27°C (C → E).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27°C to 30°C (E → F).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C to 18°C (F → A):
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30°C to 25°C (F → D).
remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 21°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21°C to 18°C (B → A).
60
Function
SiENBE34-703
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Heating
When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower
near the floor where the occupants are. When controlling by body thermostat sensor only, the
unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the
preset temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the
occupants are doesn’t become cold by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote
control can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature.
32
30
Preset Temperature
(Ts)
28
TH1 = Ts – 1
26
A
B
C
D
24
22
TH1 = Ts + 1 ≤ 31°C
20
TH1 = Ts + 12 ≤ 33°C
18
TH1 = Ts + 10 ≤ 31°C
16
15
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
Suction temperature (TH1)
Range in which thermostat sensor
in remote control can be used
Range in which body
thermostat sensor
can be used
Differential
! Ex: When heating
Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C to 28°C (A → D):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 25°C (A → C).
remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 28°C (C → D).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C to 18°C (D → A):
remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28°C to 23°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 18°C (B → A).
Function
61
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.4
SiENBE34-703
Freeze Prevention
Freeze
Prevention by Off
Cycle (Indoor
Unit)
When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit
heat exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with
the following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
Conditions for starting freeze prevention: Temperature is –1°C or less for total of 40 min., or
temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min.
Conditions for stopping freeze prevention: Temperature is +7°C or more for 10 min.
continuously
Ex: Case where temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min.
10 min.
+ 7°C
+ 0°C
- 5°C
Freeze prevention operation
10 min.
62
Forced OFF by thermostat
(VG005)
Function
SiENBE34-703
6.5
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
View of Operations of Swing Flaps
Swing flaps work as following.
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
OFF
OFF
OFF
Level
Level
Level
Flap control
FXCQ
FXKQ
FXHQ
Level
Level
Level
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
OFF
LL
LL
LL
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Setting the wind direction
LL
Level
Level
Level
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
OFF
OFF
L*1
Level
Level
Swinging
Level
Level
Swinging
Level
Level
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
L*1
Set up
Set up
Set up
OFF
or
L
Set up
Set up
OFF
OFF
L
Swinging
Swinging
Swinging
Set up
Set up
Set up
Swinging
Set up
Level
Set up
Swinging
Swinging
Set up
Level
Level
Swinging
Swinging
Set up
Level
Level
Swinging
L
Set up
Set up
Set up
Fan
Hot-start from
defrosting
Heating
Defrosting
Thermostat is off
Hot-start from the
state that the
thermostat is off
Halt
Cooling
Thermostat of
microcomputer-dry
is on
Thermostat of
microcomputer-dry
is off
Swinging
Cooling thermostat
is off
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Halt
Setting the wind direction
Microcomputer is
controlled (including
Setting the wind direction
the cooling state)
FXFQ
FXAQ
Level
Level
Level
* 1. Only in FXFQ case, L or LL.
Function
63
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.6
SiENBE34-703
Electronic Expansion Valve Control
• Electronic expansion Valve Control
In cooling, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator), operate the
electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree
(SH) will become constant.
In heating, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (condenser), operate the
electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree
(Condenser outlet subcooled degree) will become constant.
Cooling SH=TH2-TH1
SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree
(Heating SC=TC-TH1)
TH1: Temperature (°C) detected with the liquid thermistor
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor
SC : Condenser outlet subcooled degree
TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
Furthermore, the default value of the optimal evaporator outlet superheated degree (condenser
outlet subcooled degree) is 5 deg. However, this default value varies with the operating
performance.
6.7
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)
At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the
indoor unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
[Detail of operation]
When either the start condition 1 or the start condition 2 is established, the operations shown
below will be conducted.
Defrost ending or oil return ending
or Thermostat ON
Hot start control
Hot start ending conditions
· lapse of 3 minutes
OR · [TH2]>34°C
· "Tc">52°C
Hot start in progress
Normal control
Fan
H/L remote
control setting
LL
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
Louver
OFF
Remote control
setting
Normal control
Po (Horizontal)
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor
TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
64
Function
SiENBE34-703
Part 6
Test Operation
1. Test Operation ......................................................................................66
1.1 Procedure and Outline ...........................................................................66
1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On .....................................................69
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout .............................................................70
3. Field Setting ..........................................................................................71
3.1 Field Setting from remote control ...........................................................71
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit..............................................................84
Test Operation
65
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
1. Test Operation
1.1
Procedure and Outline
Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
1.1.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On
Check the below items.
2Power wiring
2Control transmission wiring
between units
2Earth wire
Check on refrigerant piping
Check on amount of refrigerant
charge
Is the power supply three-phase 380-415V / 50Hz?
Have you finished a ductwork to drain?
Have you detach transport fitting?
Is the wiring performed as specified?
Are the designated wires used?
Is the grounding work completed?
Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation.
2 Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 380-415V circuit.
Are the setscrews of wiring not loose?
Is the electrical component box covered with an insulation cover
completely?
Is pipe size proper? (The design pressure of this product is
4.0MPa.)
Are pipe insulation materials installed securely?
Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated. (Otherwise causes
water leak.)
Are respective stop valves on liquid and gas line securely open?
Is refrigerant charged up to the specified amount?
If insufficient, charge the refrigerant from the service port of stop
valve on the liquid side with outdoor unit in stop mode after turning
power on.
Has the amount of refrigerant charge been recorded on “Record
Chart of Additional Refrigerant Charge Amount”?
(V3180)
1.1.2 Turn Power On
Turn outdoor unit power on.
" Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to
protect compressors.
" Close outside panels of the outdoor unit.
Turn indoor unit power on.
Carry out field setting on
outdoor PC board
(V3056)
66
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Test Operation
1.1.3 Check Operation
* During check operation, mount front panel to avoid the misjudging.
* Check operation is mandatory for normal unit operation.
(When the check operation is not executed, alarm code "U3" will be displayed.)
Press and hold the TEST
OPERATION button (BS4) on
outdoor unit PC board for 5
seconds.
Check on operation
The test operation is started automatically.
The following judgements are conducted within 15 minutes(about 30
minutes at the maximum).
2“Check for wrong wiring”
2“Check stop valve for not open”
2“Pipe length automatic judgement”
The following indications are conducted while in test operation.
2LED lamp on outdoor unit PC board
H2P flickers (test operation)
2Remote control
Indicates “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL”
on upper right.
Indicates “TEST OPERATION” on lower left.
(V3057)
On completion of test operation, LED on outdoor unit PC board displays the following.
H3P ON: Normal completion
H2P and H3P ON: Abnormal completion →Check the indoor unit remote control for
abnormal display and correct it.
Malfunction code
In case of an alarm code displayed on remote control:
Malfunction
code
Nonconformity during installation
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed.
Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
Refrigerant overcharge.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine.
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed.
Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
E3
E4
Insufficient refrigerant.
Refrigerant overcharge.
F3
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed.
Insufficient refrigerant.
F6
Refrigerant overcharge
U2
U4
Insufficient supply voltage
If a check operation has not been
performed.
No power is supplied to an outdoor unit.
UA
If no dedicated indoor unit is being used.
U3
UF
UH
Test Operation
Remedial action
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed.
If the right indoor unit piping and wiring are
not properly connected to the outdoor unit.
If the interunit wiring has not be connected
or it has shorted.
Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished
correctly.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine.
Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished
correctly.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine.
Check to see if the supply voltage is supplied properly.
Perform a check operation.
Turn the power on for the outdoor unit.
Check the indoor unit. If it is not a dedicated unit, replace the
indoor unit.
Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
Make sure that the right indoor unit piping and wiring are properly
connected to the outdoor unit.
Make sure the interunit wiring is correctly attached to terminals
(X2M) F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) on the outdoor unit circuit board.
67
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
1.1.4 Confirmation on Normal Operation
•
•
•
•
•
68
Conduct normal unit operation after the check operation has been completed.
(When outdoor air temperature is 24°CDB or higher, the unit can not be operated with
heating mode. See the installation manual attached.)
Confirm that the indoor/outdoor units can be operated normally.
(When an abnormal noise due to liquid compression by the compressor can be heard, stop
the unit immediately, and turn on the crankcase heater to heat up it sufficiently, then start
operation again.)
Operate indoor unit one by one to check that the corresponding outdoor unit operates.
Confirm that the indoor unit discharges cold air (or warm air).
Operate the air direction control button and flow rate control button to check the function of
the devices.
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
1.2
Test Operation
Operation when Power is Turned On
1.2.1 When Turning On Power First Time
The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH”
malfunction indicator blinks.
(Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent
Tap the RESET(BS5) button on the outdoor unit PC board. Operation becomes possible for
about 2 minutes. If you do not push the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10
minutes to automatically set master power.
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp
lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when
automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.3 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or Indoor or
Outdoor Unit PC Board has been Changed
Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the
address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.)
Status
Test Operation
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... ON
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH” or “U4”
malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is
complete.)
69
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout
SiENBE34-703
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout
Outdoor unit PC board
LED indicator status
:Turn off
(The LED indicator status shown at left
indicates the status at factory set.)
:Turn on
:Flicker
Test
Page Error
:Turn on or off
Changeover between
cooling and heating
Batch
Batch
(Master) (Slave)
Individual
Low
Demand
noise
DIP switches
(DS1-1 and DS1-2
Mode
Set
Return
Test
Reset
Sets the adress again when the wiring
is changed or an indoor unit is added.
Performs the test run.
Used a field set.
Changes the set mode.
70
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
3. Field Setting
3.1
Field Setting from remote control
Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote control. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the local setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause malfunction.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be
required to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.)
3.1.1 Wired remote control <BRC1C62>
UNIT NO.
MODE NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
.
FIRST
CODE NO.
.
FIELD
SET
MODE
UNIT NO.
SETTING
3
4
.
1 7
TEST
6
5
2
(V0292)
1. When in the normal mode, press the “
” button for a minimum of four seconds, and the
FIELD SET MODE is entered.
2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “
” button (2).
3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22 and 23 have been
selected), push the “
” button (3) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO to be set. (This
operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
4. Push the “
” upper button (4) and select FIRST CODE NO.
5. Push the “
” lower button (5) and select the SECOND CODE NO.
6. Push the “
” button (6) once and the present settings are SET.
7. Push the “
” button (7) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
(Example)
If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION,
HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10” FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation
71
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
3.1.2 Wireless remote control - Indoor Unit
BRC7C type
BRC7E type
BRC4C type
Mode No.
Field set mode
3
4
5
Second code No.
First code No.
2
1, 6
(V2770)
1. When in the normal mode, push the “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation
then enters the “field set mode.”
2. Select the desired “mode No.” with the “
” button.
3. Pushing the “
” button, select the first code No.
4. Pushing the “
” button, select the second code No.
5. Push the timer “
” button and check the settings.
6. Push the “
” button to return to the normal mode.
(Example)
When setting the filter sign time to “Filter Dirtiness-High” in all group unit setting, set the Mode
No. to “10”, Mode setting No. to “0” and setting position No. to “02”.
72
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
3.1.3 Simplified remote control
BRC2C51
MODE NO.
FIRST
CODE NO.
UNIT NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
1. Remove the upper part of remote control.
2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON (2) (field set), and the FIELD SET
MODE is entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON (3) (temperature setting s) and the
[BS3] BUTTON (3) (temperature setting t).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been
selected), push the [BS8] (4) BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be
set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
5. Push the [BS9] BUTTON (5) (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO.
6. Push the [BS10] BUTTON (6) (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO.
7. Push the [BS7] BUTTON (7) (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Push the [BS6] BUTTON (8) (field set) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER
CONTAMINATION - HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and
SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation
73
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
3.1.4 Setting Contents and Code No. – VRV Indoor Unit
VRV
Mode Setting
Setting Contents
Switch
system No.
No.
indoor Note 2
unit
0
Filter contamination heavy/
settings 10(20)
light (Setting for display
time to clean air filter)
(Sets display time to clean
air filter to half when there is
heavy filter contamination.)
12(22)
13(23)
15(25)
1
Long life filter type
2
Super
long life
filter
Light
02
Approx.
10,000
hrs.
Heavy
Approx.
5,000
hrs.
Long life
filter
Approx.
2,500
hrs.
Approx.
1,250
hrs.
Standard
filter
Approx.
200
hrs.
Approx.
100
hrs.
03
04
—
—
—
Long life filter
Ultra long life
filter
—
Thermostat sensor in remote control
Use
No use
—
3
Display time to clean air filter
calculation (Set when filter sign is not
to be displayed.)
Display
No display
—
0
Optional accessories output selection
(field selection of output for adapter for
wiring)
Indoor unit
turned ON by
thermostat
1
ON/OFF input from outside (Set when
ON/OFF is to be controlled from
outside.)
Forced OFF
2
Thermostat differential changeover
(Set when remote sensor is to be
used.)
1°C
3
OFF by thermostat fan speed
4
Automatic mode differential (automatic
temperature differential setting for VRV
system heat recovery series cool/heat)
01:0
LL
Operation output
Malfunction
output
ON/OFF control
External
protection device
input
—
0.5°C
—
—
Set fan speed
02:1
03:2
04:3
—
05:4
—
06:5
07:6
08:7
5
Power failure automatic reset
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
0
High air outlet velocity
(Set when installed in place with ceiling
higher than 2.7 m.)
N
H
S
—
1
Selection of air flow direction
(Set when a blocking pad kit has been
installed.)
F (4 directions)
T (3 directions)
W (2 directions)
—
3
Air flow direction adjustment (Set at
installation of decoration panel.)
Equipped
Not equipped
4
Field set air flow position setting
Draft prevention
Standard
Ceiling Soiling
prevention
—
5
Field set fan speed selection
(fan speed control by air discharge
outlet for phase control)
Standard
Optional
accessory 1
Optional
accessory 2
—
1
Thermostat OFF excess humidity
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
2
Direct duct connection
(when the indoor unit and heat reclaim
ventilation unit are connected by duct
directly.) ∗Note 6
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
3
Drain pump humidifier interlock
selection
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
5
Field set selection for individual
ventilation setting by remote control
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
6
Field set selection for individual
ventilation setting by remote control
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
Notes :
74
Second Code No.(Note 3)
01
—
1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however
cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by infrared remote controls, so they
cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Marked
are factory set.
4. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions
the indoor unit is not equipped with.
5. “88” may be displayed to indicate the remote control is resetting when returning to the
normal mode.
6. If the setting mode to “Equipped”, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
3.1.5 Applicable Range of Field Setting
Ceiling mounted cassette type
Multi
flow
Double
flow
600×600 Corner
Multi
type
flow
Slim
Ceiling
mounted
duct
type
Ceiling
mounted
built-in
type
Ceiling Ceiling Wall
Floor
mounted suspended mounted standing
duct
type
type
type
type
Concealed
Floor
standing
type
Ceiling
suspended
cassette
type
FXFQ
FXCQ
FXZQ
FXKQ
FXDQ
FXSQ
FXMQ
FXHQ
FXAQ
FXLQ
FXNQ
FXUQ
Filter sign
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ultra long life filter
sign
"
"
"
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
remote control
thermostat sensor
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Set fan speed when
thermostat OFF
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Air flow adjustment
Ceiling height
"
—
—
—
—
—
—
"
—
—
—
"
Air flow direction
"
—
"
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
"
Air flow direction
adjustment
(Down flow operation)
—
—
—
"
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Air flow direction
adjustment range
"
"
"
"
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Field set fan speed
selection
"
—
—
—
"∗1
—
—
"
—
—
—
—
Discharge air temp.
(Cooling)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Discharge air temp.
(Heating)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
∗1 Static pressure selection
Test Operation
75
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
3.1.6 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes
Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Set Time
Filter Specs.
Setting
Contamination Light
Contamination Heavy
Standard
Long Life
Ultra Long Life Filter
200 hrs.
100 hrs.
2,500 hrs.
1,250 hrs.
10,000 hrs.
5,000 hrs.
Ultra-Long-Life Filter Sign Setting
When a Ultra-long-life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Setting Table
Mode No.
Setting Switch No.
10 (20)
1
Setting Position No.
01
02
03
Setting
Long-Life Filter
Ultra-Long-Life Filter (1)
—
External ON/OFF input
This input is used for "ON / OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The
input is performed from the T1-T1 terminal of the operation terminal block (X1A) in the electric
component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced stop
Input A
Setting Table
Mode No.
Setting
Switch No.
12 (22)
1
Setting
Position No.
Operation by input of the signal A
01
ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote control)
OFF: Permission of using the remote control
OFF → ON: Permission of operation
ON → OFF: Stop
ON: Operation
OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit
indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9".
02
03
Fan Speed Changeover When Thermostat is OFF
By setting to “Set Fan Speed,” you can switch the fan speed to the set fan speed when the
heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ Since there is concern about draft if using “fan speed up when thermostat is OFF,” you should
take the setup location into consideration.
Setting Table
76
Mode No.
First Code No.
12(22)
3
Second Code No.
01
02
Setting
LL Fan Speed
Set Fan Speed
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset
For the air conditioners with no setting for the function (same as factory setting), the units will be
left in the stop condition when the power supply is reset automatically after power failure reset
or the main power supply is turned on again after once turned off. However, for the air
conditioners with the setting, the units may start automatically after power failure reset or the
main power supply turned on again (return to the same operation condition as that of before
power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize “Auto restart function after power
failure reset”, utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or
the main power supply turned on again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning off the main power switch during
the unit is in operation, and turning on the switch again after the work is
completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
Air Flow Adjustment - Ceiling height
Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The setting position No. is set to “01”
at the factory.
! In the Case of FXAQ, FXHQ
Mode No.
Setting Switch
No.
13(23)
0
Setting Position
Setting
No.
01
Wall-mounted type: Standard
02
Wall-mounted type: Slight increase
03
Wall-mounted type: Normal increase
! In the Case of FXFQ25~80
Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
Ceiling height
code
code
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
0
02
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.5 m
—
! In the Case of FXFQ100~125
Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
Ceiling height
code
code
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
Lower than 3.2 m Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.2 m
0
02
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 4.2 m
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.2 m Lower than 4.2 m
—
! In the Case of FXUQ71~125
Mode
No.
13 (23)
Test Operation
First Second
Ceiling height
code
code
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
0
02
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.8 m
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.8 m
—
77
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
Air Flow Direction Setting
Set the air flow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet
blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to “01.”
Setting Table
Mode No.
13 (23)
First Code No.
1
Second Code
No.
01
02
03
Setting
F : 4-direction air flow
T : 3-direction air flow
W : 2-direction air flow
Setting of Air Flow Direction Adjustment
Only the model FXKQ has the function.
When only the front-flow is used, sets yes/no of the swing flap operation of down-flow.
Setting Table
Setting
Down-flow operation: Yes
Down-flow operation: No
78
Mode No.
First Code No.
13 (23)
3
Second Code No.
01
02
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
Setting of Air Flow Direction Adjustment Range
Make the following air flow direction setting according to the respective purpose.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
13 (23)
4
02
03
Setting
Upward (Draft
prevention)
Standard
Downward (Ceiling
soiling prevention)
Air flow rate switching at discharge grille for field air flow rate switching
When the optional parts (high performance filter, etc.) is installed, sets to change fan speed for
securing air flow rate.
Follow the instruction manual for the optional parts to enter the setting numbers.
Setting of the static pressure selection (for FXDQ model)
Test Operation
Model No.
First Code No.
13 (23)
5
Second Code No.
01
02
External static pressure
Standard (15Pa)
High static pressure (44Pa)
79
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
3.1.7 Centralized Control Group No. Setting
BRC1C Type
In order to conduct the central remote control using the central remote control and the unified
ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote
control.
Make Group No. settings for central remote control using the operating remote control.
1. While in normal mode, press and hold the “
” switch for a period of four seconds or
more to set the system to "Field Setting Mode".
2. Select the MODE No. “00” with the “
” button.
3. Use the “
” button to select the group No. for each group.
(Group numbers increase in the order of 1-00, 1-01, ... 1-15, 2-00, ... 4-15.)
4. Press “
” to set the selected group No.
5. Press “
” to return to the NORMAL MODE.
MODE NO.
GROUP NO.
UNIT NO.
FIELD SET
MODE
SETTING
TEST
5
4
3
2,6
Note:
! For infrared remote control, see the following.
! For setting group No. of HRV and wiring adapter for other air conditioners, etc., refer to the
instruction manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table.
Be sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
80
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
! Group No. setting by infrared remote control for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, push “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then
enters the “field set mode.”
2. Set mode No. “00” with “
” button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with “
”“
” button (advance/backward).
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pushing “
” button.
5. Push “
” button and return to the normal mode.
Mode No.
Field set mode
3
4
Group No.
2
1, 5
(V0916)
Group No. Setting
Example
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
Central Remote
Control
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-00
F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Control
1-03
Caution
Test Operation
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Main RC
RC Sub
1-01
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-04
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Group Control by Remote Contol
(autmatic unit address)
F1 F2 P1 P2
(V0917)
When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is
displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal
display. This is not an operative fault.
81
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
3.1.8 Setting of Operation Control Mode from remote control
(Local Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting
the functions of the operation remote control. Furthermore, operations such as remote control
ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to information in
the next page.)
Central remote control is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor is
connected)
3.1.9 Contents of Control Modes
Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with
temperature and operation mode setting by remote control can be set and displayed by
operation modes 0 through 19.
# ON/OFF control impossible by remote control
Used when you want to turn on/off by central remote control only.
(Cannot be turned on/off by remote control.)
# OFF control only possible by remote control
Used when you want to turn on by central remote control only, and off by remote control
only.
# Centralized
Used when you want to turn on by central remote control only, and turn on/off freely by
remote control during set time.
# Individual
Used when you want to turn on/off by both central remote control and remote control.
# Timer operation possible by remote control
Used when you want to turn on/off by remote control during set time and you do not want to
start operation by central remote control when time of system start is programmed.
82
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
How to Select
Operation Mode
Example
ON by remote
control
(Unified ON by
central remote
control)
¯
Rejection
Field Setting
Whether operation by remote control will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling
temperature or setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on
the right edge of the table below.
OFF by remote
control
(Unified OFF by
central remote
control)
OFF by
remote
control
¯
Rejection
¯
Rejection
Temperature
control by
remote control
¯
Acceptance
Operation mode
setting by
remote control
Control
mode is "1."
¯
Acceptance
(VL069)
Control by remote control
Operation
Control mode
Unified operation,
individual operation
by central remote
control, or operation
controlled by timer
Unified OFF,
individual stop by
central remote
control, or timer stop
OFF
Temperature
Operation Control mode
control
mode setting
Rejection
ON/OFF control
impossible by
remote control
Rejection
(Example)
Acceptance
(Example)
Rejection (Example)
Rejection
OFF control only
possible by
remote control
Rejection (Example)
Acceptance
Rejection
Centralized
Acceptance
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
Individual
Acceptance
Acceptance
Timer operation
possible by
remote control
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Rejection
Acceptance
Acceptance
0
Rejection
10
Acceptance
(Example)
1(Example)
Rejection
11
Acceptance
2
Rejection
12
Acceptance
3
Rejection
13
Acceptance
4
Rejection
14
Acceptance
5
Rejection
15
Acceptance
6
Rejection
16
Acceptance
7 ∗1
Rejection
17
Acceptance
8
Rejection
18
Acceptance
9
Rejection
19
Do not select “timer operation possible by remote control” if not using a remote control.
Operation by timer is impossible in this case.
∗1. Factory setting
Central remote control
When ON/OFF, temperature setting and
operation mode setting by local remote
control is forbidden, “UNDER CENTRAL
CONTROL” is displayed on the remote
control.
Test Operation
83
Field Setting
3.2
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
3.2.1 Setting by Dip Switches
The following field settings are made by dip switches on PC board.
Dipswitch
No.
DS1-1
DS1-2
Setting
ON
OFF (Factory set)
ON
OFF (Factory set)
Setting item
Description
Cool / Heat
change over
setting
Used to set cool / heat change over setting by remote
control equipped with outdoor unit. (Note 1)
Not used
Do not change the factory settings.
Cool/heat selector connection procedure
•
Set the remote control only when changing over the operation mode between cooling and
heating using the remote control installed in the outdoor.
1 Connect the cool/heat selector (optional accessory) to the terminals (A, B and C) on the
outdoor X2M Terminal board (A, B and C).
2 Set the cool/heat selector switch DS1-1 from “OFF” (which is selected at the factory before
shipment) to “ON”.
A1P
DS1 1 2
ON/OFF
DS1-1
switch knob
X2M
ABC
ABC
Cool/heat
selector
84
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Caution
Field Setting
Capacity Setting after changing the main P.C.Board(A1P) to spare parts P.C.B.
When you change the main P.C.Board(A1P) to spare parts P.C.B., please carry out the following
setting.
Please Attach the Capacity Setting Adapter corresponding to Capacity Class (ex. 112, 140, 160) in connector X51A.
(See Below)
Capacity Setting Adapter
Capacity Class
Note
1
4 (112)
CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER (for 100/J112)
2
5 (140)
CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER (for 125/J140)
3
6 (160)
CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER (for 140/J160)
Position of Attaching the Capacity Setting Adapter
A1P
X51A
Position of Attaching
the Capacity Setting Adapter
X51A
Test Operation
85
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
! Setting by pushbutton switches
The following settings are made by pushbutton switches on PC board.
LED indication
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
7
7
8
7
7
7
7
(Factory setting)
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
BS5
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
(V2760)
There are the following three setting modes.
$ Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
Initial status (when normal) : Also indicates during “abnormal”.
% Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in
servicing the system.
& Monitor mode (H1P blinks)
Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2.
! Mode changing procedure
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Setting mode 2
(Normal)
Push and hold the BS1
(MODE button) for 5 seconds.
Setting mode 1
Push the BS1(MODE button)
one time.
Monitor mode
Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. MODE
MODE
On
Off
H1P
H1P
H1P
(V2761)
! Mode changing procedure
(Set): Select mode with BS2 (SET button) in each selection step.
Press BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 sec.
Setting mode 1
(Initial condition)
Press BS1 (MODE button).
Setting mode 2
Monitor mode
Setting item selection (Set)
Check item selection (Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Setting condition
selection (Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Contents display
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Press BS3
(MODE button).
Press BS3
(MODE button).
(V2762)
86
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
a. “Setting mode 1”
This mode is used to set and check the following items.
1. Set items ············ In order to make COOL/HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit group, change the setting.
• COOL/HEAT selection (IND) ·····················Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual outdoor
unit (factory set).
• COOL/HEAT selection (MASTER) ············Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group
with the master unit.
• COOL/HEAT selection (SLAVE)················Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group
with the slave unit.
2. Check items ······· The following items can be checked.
(1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation)
(2) Setting conditions of COOL/HEAT selection (Individual / Batch master / Batch slave)
(3) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation)
(4) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation)
Procedure for changing COOL/HEAT selection setting
“Normally, “Setting mode 1” is set.
In case of other status, push MODE
(BS1) button one time and set to
“Setting mode 1”.
8 ON
7 OFF
9 Blink
Setting (displaying) item
Push the SET (BS2) button to set the
blinking of LED to any of conditions
shown on the right.
COOL/HEAT select
MODE TEST
H1P
H2P
For selection by individual outdoor unit (factory set)
For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit
For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to
determine the setting.
7
7
7
7
7
7
Low
Demand
IND MASTER SLAVE noise H7P
H6P
H3P
H4P
H5P
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button will return the system to the initial condition of
"Setting mode 1".
Procedure for checking check items
The system is normally set to "Setting
mode 1".
Should the system be set to any
mode other than that, push the
MODE (BS1) button to set the system
to "Setting mode 1".
COOL/HEAT select
MODE TEST
H1P
H2P
7
7
Low
Demand
IND MASTER SLAVE noise
H7P
H6P
H3P
H4P
H5P
8
7
7
7
7
Current operating conditions
7Normal 8Abnormal
9In preparation or in
check operation
Check the system for each condition
through LED displays. (Refer to
information in table on the right.)
Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button
will bring the system to the initial
state of "Setting mode 1".
(V2763)
Test Operation
Setting of COO/HEAT selection
877By individual outdoor
unit
787In a batch of outdoor unit
group with master unit
778In a batch of outdoor unit
group with slave unit
Low noise operating conditions
7In normal operation
8In low noise operation
Demand operating conditions
7In normal operation
8In demand operation
87
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
b. “Setting mode 2”
No.
Push and hold the MODE (BS1)
button for 5 seconds and set to
“Setting mode 2”.
2
Setting item
Cool/heat unified
address
Low noise/demand
address
3
Test operation
settings
5
Indoor unit forced
fan H
Indoor unit forced
operation
Te setting
Tc setting
Defrost changeover
setting
External low noise
setting / Demand
setting
AIRNET address
1
<Selection of setting items>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item
shown in the table on the right.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the item. (The present setting
condition is blinked.)
6
8
9
10
12
13
16
20
<Selection of setting conditions>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
to the setting condition you want.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the condition.
21
22
25
26
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
set to the initial status of “Setting
mode 2”.
(V2764)
Sets address for cool/heat unified operation.
Address for low noise/demand operation
Used to conduct test operation without making changes
to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant, after the
completion of maintenance.
Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is
stopped. (H tap)
Allows forced operation of indoor unit.
Target evaporation temperature for cooling
Target condensation temperature for heating
Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to
quick defrost or slow defrost.
Reception of external low noise or demand signal
Set address for AIRNET.
this setting to conduct heating operation with hot
Setting of hot water Make
water heater.
Additional
refrigerant charge
Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation.
operation setting
Refrigerant
recovery /
Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode.
vacuuming mode
setting
Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple
Night-time low
way.
noise setting
The operating time is based on “Starting set” and “Ending
set”.
Setting of external Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input
low noise level
from outside.
Night-time low
Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation.
noise operation
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
start setting
Night-time low
noise operation end
setting
Power transistor
check mode
∗Check after
disconnection of
compressor wires
Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation.
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
29
Capacity
precedence setting
30
Demand setting 1
32
Normal demand
setting
If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is
automatically released by this setting during carrying out
low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation.
Changes target value of power consumption when
demand control 1 is input.
Normally enables demand control 1 without external
input. (Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker
of small capacity is shut down due to large load.)
27
28
* If you become unsure of how to
proceed, push the MODE (BS1)
button and return to setting mode 1.
Description
Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the
waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the
compressor, it is convenient to probe whether the trouble
comes from the compressor or PC board.
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
88
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
Setting item display
No.
1
Setting item
Cool / Heat
Unified address
MODE
H1P
8
TEST
H2P
7
IND
H3P
7
C/H selection
Master Slave
H4P
H5P
7
7
Low
noise
H6P
7
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
8
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
~
31
2
Low noise/demand
address
8
7
7
7
7
8
7
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
Test operation
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
5
Indoor forced fan H
8
7
7
7
8
7
8
6
Indoor forced
operation
8
7
7
7
8
8
7
8
Te setting
8
7
7
8
7
7
7
External low noise/demand:
NO
8788888
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777877
8777787 ∗
8777778
8777877
8777787 ∗
8777778
8777877
8777787 ∗
8777778
8777778 ∗
External low noise/demand:
YES
8777787
Test operation : OFF
Test operation : ON
Normal operation
Indoor forced fan H
Normal operation
Indoor forced operation
High
Normal (factory setting)
Low
High
9
Tc setting
8
7
7
8
7
7
8
Normal (factory setting)
Low
Quick defrost
10 Defrost changeover
setting
8
7
7
8
7
8
7
Normal (factory setting)
Slow defrost
External low noise/
12 demand setting
13 Airnet address
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
8
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
8
7
8
7
7
7
7
Additional refrigerant
20 charging operation
setting
8
7
8
7
8
7
7
Refrigerant recovery /
21 vacuuming mode
setting
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
OFF
ON
Refrigerant charging: OFF
Refrigerant charging: ON
Refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming: OFF
Refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming: ON
OFF
22 Night-time low noise
setting
8
7
8
7
8
8
7
8777777 ∗
8777778
~
63
Setting of hot water
16 heater
8788888
8777777 ∗
8777778
~
31
3
∗ Factory set
8777777 ∗
8777778
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
8888888
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777777 ∗
8777778
8777787
8777788
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button.
Test Operation
89
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
Setting item display
No.
Setting item
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
8
7
IND
H3P
C/H selection
Master
Slave
H4P
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Demand
H7P
7
8
Setting condition display
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
25 Low noise setting
8
8
7
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
Night-time low noise
26 operation start
setting
About 20:00
8
7
8
8
7
8
7
About 22:00 (factory setting)
About 24:00
About 6:00
27
Night-time low noise
operation end setting
8
7
8
8
7
8
8
About 7:00
About 8:00 (factory setting)
28
Power transistor
check mode
8
7
8
8
8
7
7
Capacity
29 precedence setting
8
7
8
8
8
7
8
30 Demand setting 1
8
7
8
8
8
8
7
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
60 % demand
70 % demand
80 % demand
Normal demand
32 setting
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
OFF
ON
∗ Factory set
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787
8777877 ∗
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778 ∗
8777787
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button.
90
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
c. Monitor mode
No.
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting
mode 1”.
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation on setting contents>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to
display different data of set items.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
LED display
Setting item
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
8
7
8
Data display
0
Various setting
1
C/H unified address
2
Low noise/demand address
3
Not used
4
Airnet address
5
Number of connected indoor units
7
Number of connected zone units
(excluding outdoor and BS unit)
8
Number of outdoor units
11
Number of zone units (excluding
outdoor and BS unit)
12
Number of terminal blocks
9 7 7 8 8 7 7
Lower 4 digits:
upper
13
Number of terminal blocks
9 7 7 8 8 7 8
Lower 4 digits:
lower
14
Contents of malfunction (the
latest)
8 7 7 8 8 8 7
Malfunction
code table
15
(1 cycle before)
8 7 7 8 8 8 8
Refer to page
118, 119.
16
(2 cycle before)
20
Contents of retry (the latest)
21
Contents of retry (1 cycle before)
22
Contents of retry (2 cycle before)
25
Normal judgment of outdoor units
PC board
Contents of malfunction
Contents of malfunction
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
7
7
7
8
See below
Lower 6 digits
Lower 6 digits
7
7
8
7
9 7 8 8 7 7 8
Lower 2 digits:
87 Abnormal
78 Normal
77 Unjudgment
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
Setting item 0 Display contents of “Various setting”
* Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
(V2765)
EMG operation /
backup operation
setting
ON
OFF
Defrost select setting
Short
Medium
Long
Te setting
H
M
L
Tc setting
H
M
L
Test Operation
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
91
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No. 1 - 15, push the RETURN button, and
confirm the data for each setting.
H Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two
ways of expressing are as follows:
9 797997
16
32
4
8
1
2
In $ the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates to
16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is
22.
977 7979
64 16
No.12 128 32
977 7997
4
No.13
8
The No. 1 cool/heat unified address is expressed as a binary
number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
1
2
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as
an 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper,
and four lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
In % the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is
0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary
number), which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10
number). In other words, the number of terminal block is 86.
H See the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25.
92
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
3.2.2 Cool / Heat Mode Switching
There are the following 4 cool/heat switching modes.
$ Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by indoor unit remote control.
% Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by cool/heat switching remote control.
& Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with
unified master outdoor unit by indoor unit remote control.
' Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with
unified master outdoor unit by cool/heat switching remote control.
$ Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Indoor Unit remote control
# It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
# Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to IN (factory set).
# Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set).
C/H SELECT
TEST
MODE
IND
MALFUNC.
MASTER SLAVE
L.N.O.P. DEMAND
ON
Dip SW
DS1-1
OFF
C/H SELECT R.C.
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
P1 P2
P1 P2
Remote
control
Remote
control
<Set the master unit (= indoor unit having the right to
select the cooling/heating operation mode).>
In the case of wired remote controls
• After the check operation, “CHANGEOVER UNDER
CONTROL” is flashing in all connected remote controls.
• Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in
accordance with the request from the customer.
(It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be
used most often as the master unit.)
• Press the operation mode selector button in the remote
control of the indoor unit selected as the master unit.
• In that remote control, “CHANGEOVER UNDER
CONTROL” disappears. That remote control will control
changeover of the cooling/heating operation mode.
• In other remote controls, “CHANGEOVER UNDER
CONTROL” lights.
In the case of infrared remote controls
• After the check operation, the timer lamp is flashing in all
connected indoor units.
• Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in
accordance with the request from the customer.
(It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be
used most often as the master unit.)
• Press the operation selector mode button in the remote
control of the indoor unit selected as the master unit. A
“peep” sound is emitted, and the timer lamp turns off in all
indoor units.
• That indoor unit will control changeover of the cooling/
heating operation mode.
For the details, refer to the installation manual
supplied together with the indoor unit.
Test Operation
93
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
% Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Cool/Heat Switching remote control
# It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
# Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to OUT (factory set).
# Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set).
C/H SELECT
TEST
MODE
MALFUNC.
H1P
MASTER SLAVE
IND
H2P
OUT
O
IN
I
H3P
H4P
L.N.O.P. DEMAND
H5P
H6P
H7P
C/H CELECT
Dip SW
DS1-1
I-O
C/H SELECT R.C.
A
B
C/H select
remote
control
C
F1
O-O
F2
F1
OUT-MULTI
F2
Q1
Q2
F1 - F2
F1 - F2
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
(V3059)
94
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
3.2.3 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation
Setting of Low Noise Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external
control adapter (optional), you can lower operating noise by 2-3 dB.
When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external control
adapter for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Mode 1", "Mode 2", or "Mode 3")
for set item No. 22 (Setting of nighttime low noise level).
2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or
"24:00") for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or
"08:00") for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting
of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the
system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime.)
Image of operation
Operation sound
Time set with "Night-time low noise start setting"
If capacity precedence is set in "Capacity
precedence setting", the fan speed will be
increased according to the load of air
conditioning when load is heavier.
Time set with "Night-time low noise end setting"
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound during
night-time low noise mode is
instructed can be set with
"Night-time low noise level
setting".
(Factory setting is "OFF".)
Night time
Operation sound
of mode 1
Operation sound
of mode 2
Operation sound
of mode 3
Operation sound level set with
"Night-time low noise setting”
PM 8:00
PM 10:00
PM 0:00
Set with "Night-time low noise start setting"
(Factory setting is "PM 10:00".)
Test Operation
AM 8:00
AM 7:00 AM 8:00
Set with "Night-time low noise end setting"
(Factory setting is "PM 8:00".)
(V3079)
95
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
Setting of Demand Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control
adapter (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the
compressor operating condition.
Set item
Demand
Condition
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Content
The compressor operates at approx. 60% or less of rating.
The compressor operates at approx. 70% or less of rating.
The compressor operates at approx. 80% or less of rating.
When the normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control adapter
for outdoor unit is not required.)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of constant demand)
to "ON".
2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then
set the setting condition to targeted mode.
Image of operation
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
When the "Normal
demand setting" is
set to ON ("OFF"
has been set at
factory.) , the power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
(V3082)
96
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control
1. Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
$ In setting mode 2, push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Setting mode 1 is entered and
H1P off.
During the setting mode 1 is displayed, “In low noise operation” and “In demand control” are
displayed.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
$ In setting 1, push and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 seconds. → Setting
mode 2 is entered and H1P lights.
% Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No.
you want.
& Push the BS3 (RETURN button) one time, and the present setting content is displayed.
→ Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the setting
content (as shown on next page) you want.
' Push the BS3 (RETURN button) two times. → Returns to $.
( Push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off.
Test Operation
97
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
": ON
%
$
Setting
No.
Setting
contents
22
External
low noise /
Demand
setting
"
)
)
)
)
Setting No. indication
)
Night-time
low noise
setting
)
"
"
Setting
contents
)
)
)
"
"
)
"
"
)
"
)
)
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
"
)
)
)
)
)
9
YES
"
)
)
)
)
9
)
OFF
(Factory
setting)
"
)
)
)
)
)
)
"
"
"
"
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
9
9
)
9
)
9
9
"
)
)
)
)
9
)
"
"
"
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
9
)
)
)
)
9
)
9
)
AM 8:00
(Factory
setting)
"
)
)
)
9
)
)
Low noise
precedence
(Factory
setting)
"
)
)
)
)
)
9
Capacity
precedence
"
)
)
)
)
9
)
60 % of
rated power
consumption
"
)
)
)
)
)
9
70 % of
rated power
consumption
(Factory
setting)
"
)
)
)
)
9
)
80 % of
rated power
consumption
"
)
)
)
9
)
)
OFF
(Factory
setting)
"
)
)
)
)
)
9
ON
"
)
)
)
)
9
)
Mode 2
Mode 3
"
Night-time
low noise
start setting
)
"
"
)
"
)
PM 8:00
PM 10:00
(Factory
setting)
PM 0:00
27
29
30
32
"
Night-time
low noise
end setting
"
"
)
"
"
AM 6:00
AM 7:00
Capacity
precedence
setting
"
Demand
setting 1
"
Normal
demand
setting
"
Setting mode indication section
98
)
)
)
)
"
"
)
"
"
)
"
"
)
)
"
)
Setting No. indication section
"
)
)
Setting contents indication (Initial setting)
NO
(Factory
set)
Mode 1
26
9: Blink
&
Setting No. indication
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
12
): OFF
Set contents indication section
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
3.2.4 Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation
*
When the outdoor unit is stopped and the entire quantity of refrigerant cannot be
charged from the stop valve on the liquid side, make sure to charge the remaining
quantity of refrigerant using this procedure. If the refrigerant quantity is insufficient,
the unit may malfunction.
Turn ON the power of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Make sure to completely open the stop valve on the gas side and the stop valve on the
liquid side.
Connect the refrigerant charge hose to the service port (for additionally charging the
refrigerant).
In the stopped status, set to ON the refrigerant additional charging operation A in
set mode 2 (H1P: Turn on).
The operation is automatically started.
(The LED indicator H2P flickers, and "Test run" and "Under centralized control" are
displayed in the remote control.)
After charging the specified quantity of refrigerant, press the RETURN button (BS3) to
stop the operation.
The operation is automatically stopped within 30 minutes.
If charging is not completed within 30 minutes, set and perform the refrigerant
additional charging operation A again.
If the refrigerant additional charging operation is stopped soon, the refrigerant may be
overcharged.
Never charge extra refrigerant.
Disconnect the refrigerant charge hose.
Service port
charging
(for additionally
)
the refrigerant
Test Operation
99
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
3.2.5 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode
When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site, fully open the respective expansion valve of
indoor and outdoor units
All indoor and outdoor unit’s operation are prohibited.
[Operation procedure]
$ In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode”
to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST
OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote
control, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of refrigerant recovery
operation.
% Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the instruction attached to the
refrigerant recovery unit for more detal.)
& Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
100
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Field Setting
3.2.6 Setting of Vacuuming Mode
In order to perform vacuuming operation at site, fully open the expansion valves of indoor and
outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves.
[Operating procedure]
$ In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode”
to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST
OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote
control, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of Vacuuming operation.
% Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation.
& Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
3.2.7 Check Operation
To prevent any trouble in the period of installation at site, the system is provided with a test
operation mode enabling check for incorrect wiring, stop valve left in closed, coming out (or
misplacing with suction pipe thermistor) or discharge pipe thermistor and judgment of piping
length, refrigerant overcharging, and learning for the minimum opening degree of electronic
expansion valve.
CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION
LED display (H1P~H7P) (8:ON
Unit stopping
3:OFF 9:BLINK)
3383333
Press the TEST button for 5 seconds.
Step 1
Pressure equalizing
10 sec to 10 minutes
Step 2
Cooling start control
Step 3
Stability waiting operation
3933338
3933383
20 sec to 2 minutes
3933388
10 minutes
Step4~6
Step 7
Judgment function
• Stop valve close check
3933833
• Wrong wiring check
3933838
• Piping length check
3 minutes
3933883
Refrigerant over charge judgment
3933888
15 minutes
Step 8
Pump down residual operation
3938338
5 seconds
Step 9
Standby for restarting
3938383
2 minutes
Completion
Test Operation
101
Field Setting
SiENBE34-703
102
Test Operation
SiENBE34-703
Part 7
Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................105
2. Troubleshooting by remote control......................................................108
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................108
Self-diagnosis by Wired remote control................................................109
Self-diagnosis by infrared remote control.............................................110
Operation of the remote control’s Inspection /
Test Operation Button ..........................................................................112
2.5 remote control Service Mode ...............................................................113
2.6 remote control Self-Diagnosis Function ...............................................115
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control ..........................122
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
Troubleshooting
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ...........................122
“A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect.........................................................123
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......124
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................126
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) .....................127
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)........................................................129
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit..............................................131
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........132
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger....................................................................................133
“C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes..........134
“C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........135
“CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air...............136
“CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor
in remote control...................................................................................137
“E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect ......................................................138
“E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch ..........................139
“E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ..........................141
“E5” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ...................................................143
“E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor..........................................144
“E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)...............................................145
“F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ..................147
“F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................148
“H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air ...........................................................................................149
“J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
(R2T) ....................................................................................................150
“J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for
Suction Pipe 1, 2 ..................................................................................151
“J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ..............................................................152
“J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for
Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ......................................................................153
103
SiENBE34-703
3.27 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
Thermistor (R4T) ..................................................................................154
3.28 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................155
3.29 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor.......................156
3.30 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board ..........................................157
3.31 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating
Fin Temperature Rise...........................................................................158
3.32 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal ...............................159
3.33 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal.......................................160
3.34 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error..............................................161
3.35 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board .............................................................162
3.36 “P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in
Main Inverter Circuit .............................................................................163
3.37 “UO” Outdoor Unit: Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure......................................................164
3.38 “U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ......................166
3.39 “U3” Check Operation not Executed......................................................168
3.40 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between
Indoor Units and Outdoor Units............................................................169
3.41 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between
remote control and Indoor Unit.............................................................171
3.42 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between
Main and Sub remote controls .............................................................172
3.43 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between
Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System....................................173
3.44 “UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units ................................................175
3.45 “UC” Address Duplication of Central remote control ..............................176
3.46 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Central remote control
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................177
3.47 “UF” System is not Set yet .....................................................................179
3.48 “UH” Malfunction of System,
Refrigerant System Address Undefined ...............................................180
4. Troubleshooting by Indication on
the Centralized remote control ............................................................181
4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized remote control
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................181
4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ............................................................................182
4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between
Optional Controllers for Centralized Control.........................................183
4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................184
4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting ..........................................186
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on
the Unified ON/OFF Controller............................................................187
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................187
5.2 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................189
5.3 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................192
104
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1
Symptom
The system does not start operation at all.
Supposed Cause
Blowout of fuse(s)
Cutout of breaker(s)
Countermeasure
Turn Off the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
• If the knob of any breaker is in
its OFF position, turn ON the
power supply.
• If the knob of any circuit
breaker is in its tripped position,
do not turn ON the power
supply.
ON
Knob
Tripped
OFF
Circuit breaker
Power failure
2
The system starts operation but makes an
immediate stop.
3
The system does not cool or heat air well.
After the power failure is reset,
restart the system.
Open phase in power supply
Check power supply. After that,
cable
properly connect the power
supply cable, and then turn ON
the power supply.
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Enclosed outdoor unit(s)
Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature
Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Airflow rate set to "LOW"
Improper direction of air diffusion
Open window(s) or door(s)
[In cooling] Direct sunlight received
4
5
[In cooling] Too many persons staying in a
room
[In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
The system does The system stops and
If the OPERATION lamp on the
not operate.
immediately restarts operation. remote control turns ON, the
will be normal. These
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST system
indicate that the
button immediately resets the symptoms
system is controlled so as not to
system.
put unreasonable loads on the
system.
The remote control displays
The system is controlled with
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
centralized controller. Blinking
CONTROL", which blinks for a display indicates that the system
period of several seconds
cannot be operated using the
when the OPERATION button remote control.
is depressed.
The system stops immediately The system is in preparation
after turning ON the power
mode of micro computer
supply.
operation.
The system
The remote control displays
The system stops due to an
makes
malfunction codes "U4" and
interruption in communication
intermittent
"U5", and the system stops but between units caused by
stops.
restarts after a lapse of several electrical noises coming from
minutes.
equipment other than air
conditioners.
Troubleshooting
Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Set it to a proper direction.
Shut it tightly.
Hang curtains or shades on
windows.
Normal operation. The system will
automatically start operation after
a lapse of five minutes.
Operate the system using the
COOL/HEAT centralized remote
control.
Wait for a period of approximately
one minute.
Remove causes of electrical
noises.
If these causes are removed, the
system will automatically restart
operation.
105
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
6
7
8
9
COOL-HEAT
selection is
disabled.
The remote control displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL", and the COOLHEAT selection remote control
is provided.
The system
This symptom occurs
conducts fan
immediately after turning ON
operation but not the power supply.
cooling or
heating
operation.
The airflow rate Even pressing the AIRFLOW
is not
RATE SET button makes no
reproduced
changes in the airflow rate.
according to the
setting.
The airflow
direction is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
10 A white mist
comes out from
the system.
106
Symptom
The remote control displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL".
The airflow direction is not
corresponding to that
displayed on the remote
control.
The flap does not swing.
<Indoor unit>
In cooling operation, the
ambient humidity is high.
(This indoor unit is installed in
a place with much oil or dust.)
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after cooling
operation stopping, the
ambient temperature and
humidity are low.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
After the completion of
defrosting operation, the
system is switched to heating
operation.
SiENBE34-703
Supposed Cause
Countermeasure
This remote control has no option Use a remote control with option
to select cooling operation.
to select cooling operation.
COOL-HEAT selection is made
using the COOL-HEAT selection
remote control.
Use the COOL-HEAT selection
remote control to select cool or
heat.
The system is in preparation
mode of operation.
Wait for a period of approximately
10 minutes.
In heating operation, when the
Normal operation.
room temperature reaches the set
degree, the outdoor unit will stop
while the indoor unit is brought to
fan LL operation so that no one
gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation
mode is selected when other
indoor unit is in heating operation,
the system will be brought to fan
LL operation.
(The fan LL operation is also
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.)
Automatic control
Normal operation.
Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.
due to heavy stain of the inside of
the indoor unit
Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the
indoor unit results to be vapor
from the unit.
Normal operation.
Defrosted moisture turns to be
vapor and comes out from the
units.
Normal operation.
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
11 The system
produces
sounds.
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after turning ON
the power supply, indoor unit
produces "ringing" sounds.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are
continuously produced while in
cooling or defrosting operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are produced
immediately after the startup or
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Faint sounds are continuously
produced while in cooling
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit>
"Creaking" sounds are
produced while in heating
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Sounds like "trickling" or the
like are produced from indoor
units in the stopped state.
<Outdoor unit>
Pitch of operating sounds
changes.
12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the
from the system. system when it restarts after
the stop for an extended period
of time.
13 Odors come out In operation
from the system.
14 Outdoor unit fan
does not rotate.
In operation
15 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON
appears on the
the power supply
remote control.
16 The outdoor unit After stopping operation
compressor or
the outdoor unit
fan does not
stop.
17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation
hot.
Supposed Cause
These are operating sounds of
the electronic expansion valve of
the indoor unit.
Countermeasure
Normal operation.
This sound becomes low after a
lapse of approximately one
minute.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
gas (refrigerant) flowing
respectively through the indoor
and outdoor units.
These sounds are produced
Normal operation.
when the gas (refrigerant) stops
or changes flowing.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
the drain discharge device in
operation.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
resin parts expanding and
contracting with temperature
changes.
On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.
are produced when other indoor
units in operation. The reason is
that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
changes the operating frequency.
Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.
inside of indoor unit, is blown out
from the system.
Odors of room, cigarettes or else
adsorbed to the inside of indoor
unit are blown out.
The reason is that fan revolutions
are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
The reason is that the system is
checking to be sure the remote
control is normal.
It stops in order to prevent oil or
refrigerant from dwelling.
The reason is that the compressor
is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
18 Hot air comes
Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems, small quantity
out from the
stops.
of refrigerant is fed to indoor units
system even
in the stopped state when other
though it stops.
indoor units are in operation.
19 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry
not cool air well.
operation serves not to reduce
the room temperature where
possible.
Troubleshooting
The inside of the indoor unit
should be cleaned.
Normal operation.
Normal operation.
This code is displayed for a period
of approximately one minute at
maximum.
Normal operation.
It stops after a lapse of
approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
Normal operation.
Normal operation.
Change the system to cooling
operation.
107
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
SiENBE34-703
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Control
2.1
The INSPECTION / TEST Button
The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
for more than 4 seconds.
Indoor unit settings can be made
• Filter sign time
• Air flow direction
• Others
Local
setting
mode
Service
mode
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
for more than 4 seconds.
Service data can be obtained.
• Malfunciton code history
• Temperature data of various sections
Service settings can be made.
• Forced fan ON
• Air flow direction/volume setting
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Normal
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Or after 30 minutes
Press Inspection/Test Operation
button once.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked.
• Malfunction codes
Inspection
• Indoor model code
mode
• Outdoor model code
Test
operation
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation
button once.
108
Thermostat is forcibly turned on.
(V0815)
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
2.2
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Control
Explanation
If operation stops due to malfunction, the remote control’s operation LED blinks, and
malfunction code is displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, malfunction contents are
displayed when the inspection mode is entered.) The malfunction code enables you to tell what
kind of malfunction caused operation to stop. See page 116 for malfunction code and
malfunction contents.
Operation LED
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for
which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
Inspection/Test button
Note:
1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication.
2. While in check mode, pressing and holding the ON/OFF button for a period of five seconds or
more will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes display,
the malfunction code will blink twice and then change to “00” (=Normal), the Unit No. will
change to “0”, and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal
mode (displaying the set temperature).
Troubleshooting
109
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
2.3
SiENBE34-703
Self-diagnosis by Infrared Remote Control
In the Case of
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
If equipment stops due to a malfunction, the operation indicating LED on the light reception
section flashes.
The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The
malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the
malfunction code of the last problem is displayed.)
1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “Inspection.”
The equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication lights and the Unit No.
display shows flashing “0” indication.
2. Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer (*1) is
generated from the indoor unit.
*1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The continuous buzzer indicates
that the malfunction code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : No abnormality.
3. Press the MODE selector button.
The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
4. Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the
malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
! The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
“Advance” button
“Backward” button
(SE006)
*2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched. (Malfunction code confirmed)
2 short beeps : Upper digit matched.
1 short beep : Lower digit matched.
5. Press the MODE selector button.
The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
6. Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the
continuous malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
110
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
! The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
“Advance” button
“Backward” button
(SE007)
Normal status
Enters inspection mode from normal
status when the INSPECTION/TEST
button is pressed.
1 Press INSPECTION/TEST button
If no button is pressed
for 1 minute, equipment
returns to normal status.
3 Press
mode
selector
button.
When mode selector
button is pressed for 1
minute, equipment returns
to normal status.
If no button is pressed for 1
minute, equipment returns
to normal status.
5 Press MODE selector button.
(SF008)
Troubleshooting
111
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
2.4
SiENBE34-703
Operation of the remote control’s Inspection / Test
Operation Button
Unit
Malfunction code
Inspection
Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs.
Normal display (No display)
Inspection/test
operation
Unit
Malfunction code
Inspection
Push the button.
0
L0
0 7 1... Capacity code
F... Indoor unit system code
C... Indoor unit type code
J... Progression code
Inspection mode
Inspection/test
operation
0
L0
Example of capacity code display
Display
Example model
FXCQ25
028
FXFQ63
071
Push the button.
Indoor unit system code
Product classification
System classification
1
VRV system
(VAV indoor unit)
Display
071
FCJ
Indoor unit model code display
2
VRV system
Outdoor air processing unit
F
VRV system
Standard indoor unit
H
VRV system
New ceilling suspended cassette
Indoor unit type code
Inspection/test
operation
–––
AA1
A
Wall mounted
FXAQ
C
Double flow
FXCQ
E
Corner
FXKQ
F
Multi flow
FXFQ
H
Ceiling suspended
FXHQ
Outdoor unit model code display
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Model
Type
Display
Push the button.
J
Built-in
FXSQ
L
Floor standing
FXLQ
P
Concealed ceiling duct
FXMQ
L
Concealed floor standing type
FXNQ
6
Multi flow 600×600
FXZQ
3
Slim Ceilling mounted duct
FXDQ
5
New ceilling suspended cassette
FXUQ
Test operation
Test operation mode
Inspection/test
operation
112
Push the button.
Outdoor model code
Type
Display
Model
AA1
VRV System Inverter K Series
RSXYP
AA3
R-407C VRV PLUS Series
RXYP
A92
VRV Heat Recovery Series
RSEYP
AA5
High COP type R-407C L Series
RSXYP-L
AAA
VRV II
RXYQ-M
AAC
VRV II M/C
RXYQ-MA
AAE
VRV III
RXYQ-P
A8E
VRV III-S
RXYSQ-P
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
2.5
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
remote control Service Mode
How to Enter the
Service Mode
Normal operation
mode
Field set mode
Push the
Service Mode
Operation
Method
Troubleshooting
button for 4 seconds or longer
Push the
Service mode
button for 4 seconds or longer
1. Select the mode No.
Set the desired mode No. with the
button.
(For infrared remote control, Mode 43 only can be set.)
2. Select the unit No. (For group control only)
Select the indoor unit No. to be set with the time mode
. (For infrared remote control,
button.)
3. Make the settings required for each mode. (Modes 41, 44, 45)
In case of Mode 44, 45, push
button to be able to change setting before setting work.
(LCD “code” blinks.)
For details, refer to the table in next page.
4. Define the setting contents. (Modes 44, 45)
Define by pushing the timer
button.
After defining, LCD “code” changes blinking to ON.
5. Return to the normal operation mode.
Push the
button one time.
113
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Mode
No
40
Function
Malfunction
hysteresis display
SiENBE34-703
Contents and operation method
Display malfunction hysteresis.
The history No. can be changed with the
button.
remote control display example
Unit 1
40
Malfunction code
2-U4
Malfunction code
Hystory No: 1 - 9
1: Latest
(VE007)
41
Display of sensor
and address data
Display various types of data.
Select the data to be displayed with the
button.
Sensor data
0: Thermostat sensor in remote control.
1: Suction
2: Liquid pipe
3: Gas pipe
Sensor data display
Unit No.
Sensor type
41
1 1
27
Address data
4: Indoor unit address
5: Outdoor unit address
6: BS unit address
7: Zone control address
8: Cool/heat group address
9: Demand / low noise address
Temperature ºC
Address display
Unit No.
Address type
41
1 8
1
Address
(VE008)
43
Forced fan ON
Manually turn the fan ON by each unit. (When
you want to search for the unit No.)
By selecting the unit No. with the
button,
you can turn the fan of each indoor unit on
(forced ON) individually.
Unit 1
43
(VE009)
44
Individual setting
Set the fan speed and air flow direction by each
unit
Select the unit No. with the time mode
button.
Set the fan speed with the
button.
Set the air flow direction with the
button.
Unit 1
44
Code
1 3
Fan speed 1: Low
3: High
Air flow direction
P0 - P4
(VE010)
45
Unit No. transfer
Transfer unit No.
Select the unit No. with the
button.
Set the unit No. after transfer with the
button.
Present unit No.
Unit
1
Code
0 2
45
Unit No. after
transfer
(VE011)
114
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
2.6
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
remote control Self-Diagnosis Function
The remote control switches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more
appropriate maintenance can be carried out. If a malfunction occurs during operation, the
operation lamp, malfunction code and display of malfunctioning unit No. let you know the
contents and location of the malfunction.
When there is a stop due to malfunction, the contents of the malfunction given below can be
diagnosed by a combination of operation lamp, INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display
and display of malfunction code. It also lets you know the unit No. during group control.
Operation lamp
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for
which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
(VL050)
Troubleshooting
115
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit
116
SiENBE34-703
Malfunction Operation Inspection
code
lamp
display
A0
9
9
A1
9
9
A3
9
9
A6
9
9
A7
8
9
A9
9
9
Unit No.
9
9
9
9
9
9
AF
AJ
C4
8
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
C5
9
9
9
C9
9
9
9
CA
9
9
9
CJ
E1
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E9
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
F3
F6
9
9
9
9
9
9
H3
H4
H7
H9
8
9
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
J2
J3
9
9
9
9
9
9
J5
9
9
9
J6
9
9
9
J7
J9
9
9
9
9
9
9
JA
JC
L0
L1
L4
L5
L8
L9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
8: ON
Malfunction contents
7: OFF
Error of external protection device
PC board defect, E2 PROM defect
Malfunction of drain level control system (S1L)
Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload
Malfunction of swing flap motor (M1S)
Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion
valve (Y1E)
Drain level above limit
Malfunction of capacity setting
Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchange
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for air inlet (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor for air inlet (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control
PC board defect
Actuation of high pressure switch
Actuation of low pressure sensor
Compressor motor lock
Standard compressor lock or over current
Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor
Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion
valve (Y1E, Y2E)
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Refrigerant overcharged
Failure of high pressure switch
Actuation of low pressure switch
Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Current sensor malfunction
Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R2T) (loose
connection, disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for suction pipe
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R6T) for heat exchanger
(loose connection, disconnection, short circuit,
failure)
Malfunction of receiver outlet liquid pipe thermistor (R7T)
Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe
thermistor (R4T)
Malfunction of discharge pipe pressure sensor
Malfunction of suction pipe pressure sensor
Inverter system error
Malfunction of PC board
Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise
DC output overcurrent of inverter compressor
Inverter current abnormal
Inverter start up error
9: Blink
Page
Referred
122
123
124
126
127
129
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
141
143
—
144
145
147
148
—
—
—
149
—
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
—
157
158
159
160
161
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Malfunction Operation Inspection
code
lamp
display
Outdoor Unit
System
Central
remote
control and
Schedule
Timer
Heat
Reclaim
Ventilation
Unit No.
8: ON
Malfunction contents
7: OFF
LA
9
9
9
Malfunction of power unit
LC
9
9
9
P1
U0
9
8
9
7
9
9
U1
U2
U3
U4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
U5
9
9
9
U5
7
8
7
U7
U8
9
9
9
9
9
7
U9
9
9
9
UA
9
9
9
Malfunction of transmission between inverter and
control PC board
High voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit.
Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or
electronic expansion valve failure
Reverse phase / open phase
Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure
Check operation is not completed.
Malfunction of transmission between indoor and
outdoor units
Malfunction of transmission between remote control
and indoor unit
Failure of remote control PC board or setting during
control by remote control
Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units
Malfunction of transmission between main and sub
remote controls (malfunction of sub remote control)
Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and
outdoor unit in the same system
Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units,
indoor units and remote control
UC
UE
8
9
8
9
8
9
UF
9
9
9
UH
9
9
9
UE
9
9
9
M1
8 or 7
9
9
M8
8 or 7
9
9
MA
8 or 7
9
9
MC
64
65
68
8 or 7
8
8
8
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
Address duplication of central remote control
Malfunction of transmission between central remote
control and indoor unit
Refrigerant system not set, incompatible wiring /
piping
Malfunction of system, refrigerant system address
undefined
Malfunction of transmission between central remote
control and indoor unit
Central remote control PC board defect
Schedule timer PC board defect
Malfunction of transmission between optional
controllers for centralized control
Improper combination of optional controllers for
centralized control
Address duplication, improper setting
Indoor unit’s air thermistor error
Outside air thermistor error
Malfunction of HVU
6A
6A
6F
94
8
9
8
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
Damper system alarm
Damper system + thermistor error
Malfunction of simple remote control
Internal transmission error
9: Blink
Page
Referred
—
162
163
164
—
166
168
169
171
171
—
172
173
175
176
177
179
180
181
182
183
184
186
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.
Troubleshooting
117
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
SiENBE34-703
Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board
<Monitor mode>
Contents of malfunction
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting
mode 1”.
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button
once to display "First digit" of
malfunction code.
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Malfunction
code
In-phase malfunction of DIII Net
Detection of DIII Net
E1
Abnormal discharge pressure
HPS activated
E3
Abnormal suction pressure
Abnormal Pe
E4
Compressor lock
Detection of INV compressor lock
E5
Over load, over current,
Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock
abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor
Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock
E7
Malfunction of electronic expansion
valve
EV1
E9
Faulty sensor of outdoor air
temperature
Faulty Ta sensor (short)
H9
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Abnormal Td
F3
EV3
Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant over charge
F6
Faulty sensor of discharge pipe
temperature
Faulty Tdi sensor (short)
J3
Faulty sensor of suction pipe
temperature
Faulty Ts1 sensor (short)
J5
Faulty sensor of heat exchanger
temperature
Faulty Tb sensor (short)
J6
Malfunction of the liquid pipe
temperature sensor
Faulty TI sensor (short)
J7
Faulty sensor of subcool heat
exchanger temperature
Faulty Tsh sensor (short)
J9
Faulty sensor of discharge pressure
Faulty Pc sensor (short)
JA
Faulty sensor of suction pressure
Faulty Pe sensor (short)
JC
Faulty IPM
L1
Faulty Inverter PC board
Detail
description
on next
page.
Faulty Ts2 sensor (short)
Abnormal Current sensor offset
Abnormal IGBT
Faulty Current sensor
Abnormal SP-PAM over-voltage
Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature
L4
DC output over current
Inverter instantaneous over current
L5
Electronic thermal
Electronic thermal switch 1
L8
Electronic thermal switch 2
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
Out-of-step
Speed down after startup
Lightening detection
Stall prevention (Limit time)
Stall prevention (Current increasing)
L9
Stall prevention (Faulty start up)
Abnormal wave form in startup
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Out-of-step
Transmission error between inverter
and outdoor unit
Inverter transmission error
LC
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
* Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
118
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
8: ON
7: OFF
9:Blink
Confirmation of malfunction 1
Confirmation of malfunction 2
Confirmation of malfunction 3
Confirmation of malfunction 4
Malfunction
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
E1
9
7
7
9
9
E7
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
9
E9
9
9
7
7
9
H9
9
9
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
7
9
J5
9
7
9
7
9
J6
9
7
9
9
J7
9
7
9
J9
9
9
JA
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
E3
E4
E5
F3
9
7
9
7
9
F6
J3
9
7
9
9
7
JC
L1
9
7
9
9
9
L4
L5
L8
L9
9
LC
9
Display of contents of
malfunction (first digit)
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
7
9
7
9
Display of contents of
malfunction (second digit)
8
7
8
8
Display 1 of
malfunction in detail
9
∗1
∗1
∗1
9
9
∗1
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
9
7
∗1
Display 2 of
malfunction in detail
∗1
Troubleshooting
9
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
9
Master
Slave1
Slave2
System
119
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
SiENBE34-703
<Monitor mode>
Contents of malfunction
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting
mode 1”.
Malfunction
code
Open phase/Power supply imbalance
Imbalance of inverter power supply
voltage
P1
Faulty temperature sensor of inverter
radiation fin
Faulty thermistor of inverter fin
P4
Refrigerant shortage
Refrigerant shortage alarm
U0
Abnormal power supply voltage
Insufficient Inverter voltage
U2
Faulty charge of capacitor in main inverter circuit
Malfunction due to SP-PAM overvoltage
<Selection of setting item>
Malfunction due to P-N short circuit
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
No implementation of test-run
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
U3
Transmission error between indoor
and outdoor unit
I/O transmission error
Transmission error of other system
Indoor unit system abnormal in other
system or other indoor unit system
abnormal in own system
U9
System transmission malfunction
UA
Erroneous field setting
Push the RETURN (BS3) button
once to display "First digit" of
malfunction code.
U4
I/O transmission error
Overconnection malfunction of indoor units
Malfunction of field setting
Refrigerant abnormal
Connection error (BP unit)
Faulty system malfunction
Wiring error (Auto-address error)
UH
Conflict in wiring and piping, no setting
for system
Conflict in wiring and piping
UF
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
Detail
description
on next
page.
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
* Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
120
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
8: ON
7: OFF
9:Blink
Confirmation of malfunction 1
Confirmation of malfunction 2
Confirmation of malfunction 3
Confirmation of malfunction 4
Malfunction
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
P1
9
9 7 7 7 9
7 7 7 9 9
7 7 7 7 9
7 7
P4
U0
9
9
7
7
9
U2
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
U3
9
7
7
9
9
U4
9
7
9
7
7
U9
9
9
7
7
9
UA
9
9
7
9
7
UH
9
9
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
UF
Display of contents of
malfunction (first digit)
Display of contents of
malfunction (second digit)
Display 1 of
malfunction in detail
9
∗1
Display 2 of
malfunction in detail
∗1
Troubleshooting
∗1
9
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
9
Master
Slave1
Slave2
System
121
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote
control
3.1
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device
remote control
Display
A0
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Actuation of external protection device
! Improper field set
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
External protection
device is connected to
terminals T1 and T2 of
the indoor unit terminal
block.
YES
Actuation of external protection
device.
NO
ON/OFF input from
outside (mode No. 12,
first code No. 1) has
been set to external
protection device input
(second code No. 03)
by remote control.
YES
Change the second code No. to
"01" or "02" .
NO
Indoor unit PC board replacement.
(V2776)
122
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
3.2
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
“A1 ” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect
remote control
Display
A1
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check data from E²PROM.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned off.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply OFF, then
power ON again.
Does the system
return to normal?
NO
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
(V2777)
Troubleshooting
123
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.3
“A3 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control
System (S1L)
remote control
Display
A3
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXZQ, FXKQ, FXSQ, FXMQ,
FXHQ (Option), FXAQ (Option)
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
By float switch OFF detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF.
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
!
!
124
SiENBE34-703
220~240V power supply is not provided
Defect of float switch or short circuit connector
Defect of drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Loose connection of connector
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
NO
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
The float switch is
connected to X8A (or
X15A) of the indoor unit
PC board.
NO
YES
The float switch
contact is forming a
short circuit
(continuity check
with X8A (or X15A)
disconnected)
YES
Connect either a short circuit
connector or float switch and
turn on again.
Becomes normal when
X8A (or X15A) of the
indoor unit PC board is
short circuited
NO
Defect of indoor unit PC board.
YES
NO
The float switch
functions normally.
YES
YES
The drain pump is
connected to X25A or
terminals Y1 and Y2 of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
YES
NO
Water builds up in
the drain pan.
A short circuit
connector is
connected to
X8A.
Loose connection of connector.
NO
Replace float switch.
Modify the float switch's
connection and turn on again.
NO
Connect the drain pump and
turn on again.
YES
The drain pump
works when the
power supply is
reset for the indoor
unit.
YES
Check the drain piping for
clogging or upward slope, etc.
NO
The voltage of
terminals Y1 and
Y2 or X25A is
220~240 V (within
5minutes of
resetting the power
supply).
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
Replace the drain pump or
check for dirt, etc.
(V2778)
Troubleshooting
125
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.4
SiENBE34-703
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload
remote control
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When number of turns can’t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum
Supposed
Causes
! Fan motor lock
! Disconnected or faulty wiring between fan motor and PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the wiring from the fan
motors ecurely connected
to connectors onthe indoor
unit PCboard?
NO
Connect the wiring and turn on
again.
YES
Wiring between the
indoor unit PC board
and fan motor is
disconnected.
YES
Fix the wiring and turn on again.
NO
Does the fan motor run?
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
(V2779)
126
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
3.5
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
“A7 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S)
remote control
Display
A7
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXKQ, FXZQ, FXHQ, FXUQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When ON/OFF of the microswitch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap
motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
Troubleshooting
Defect of swing motor
Defect of connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defect of air flow direction adjusting flap-cam
Defect of indoor unit PC board
127
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
Indoor unit is a
model equipped
with a swing flap
function
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
The swing motor
works when the power
supply is turned off
and then back on.
YES
NO
The connector is
connected to X9A
(or X15A) of the
indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the connector to X9A
and turn on again.
YES
The limit switch
functions normally.
NO
Replace swing motor.
YES
The connecting
cable is
short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the limit switch
connecting cable.
NO
After turning the swing-flap ON
and then stopping with the remote
control, the voltage of X6A (or
X29A) of the indoor unit PC board
is 220 ~ 240 VAC (50 Hz) / 220
VAC (60 Hz) when turned on
again (within 30 seconds of
turning on again).
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
The connecting cable
has no continuity.
YES
Replace the power supply
connecting cable.
NO
When the air flow direction
flap's cam mechanism is
disconnected from the swing
motor, operation is normal
when turned on again.
NO
Replace swing motor.
YES
Take the cam mechanism
apart, reassemble and turn on
again.
(V2780)
128
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
3.6
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)
remote control
Display
A9
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
! Defect of connecting cable
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X7A
of the indoor unit
PC board.
NO
After connecting, turn the power
supply off and then back on.
YES
Normal when coil
check (*1) of the
moving part of the
electronic expansion
valve is checked.
NO
Replace the moving part of the
electronic expansion valve.
YES
The connecting cable
is short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the connecting cable.
NO
If you turn the power supply off
and turn on again, and it still does
not help, replace the indoor unit
PC board.
(V2781)
Troubleshooting
129
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
∗1: Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve
Discount the electronic expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between
the connector pins.
(Normal)
Pin No.
1. White
2. Yellow
3. Orange
4. Blue
5. Red
1. White
2. Yellow
×
3. Orange
"
Approx.
300Ω
×
4. Blue
×
"
Approx.
300Ω
×
5. Red
"
Approx.
150Ω
×
"
Approx.
150Ω
×
6. Brown
×
"
Approx.
150Ω
×
"
Approx.
150Ω
×
6. Brown
": Continuity
×: No continuity
130
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
3.7
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit
remote control
Display
AF
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXSQ, FXKQ, FXMQ, FXDQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in
non-operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation.
Supposed
Causes
! Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking
! Defect of drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Field drain piping has a
defect such as upward
sloping.
YES
Modify the drain piping.
NO
A humidifier unit
(optional accessory)
is installed on the
indoor unit.
YES
Check if the humidifier unit is
leaking.
NO
Defect of indoor unit PC board.
(V2782)
Troubleshooting
131
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.8
SiENBE34-703
“AJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination
Device
remote control
display
AJ
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adapter and the memory
inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PC board, and whether the value is normal or abnormal
is determined.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Operation and:
1. When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board’s memory, and the capacity setting
adapter is not connected.
2. When a capacity that doesn’t exist for that unit is set.
Supposed
Causes
! You have forgotten to install the capacity setting adapter.
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The indoor unit PC
board was
replaced with a
replacement PC
board.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
YES
The indoor unit is a
model that requires
installation of a capacity
setting adaptor when
replacing the PC board.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
YES
Install a capacity setting adaptor.
(V2783)
132
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
3.9
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
“C4 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger
remote control
Display
C4
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X12A of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance is
normal when
measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor (R2T)
from the indoor
unit PC board
(3.5kΩ~360kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T).
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2784)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
Troubleshooting
133
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.10 “C5 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas
Pipes
remote control
Display
C5
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R3T) for gas pipe
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X11A of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance is
normal when
measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor (R3T)
from the indoor
unit PC board.
(0.6kΩ~360kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor (R3T).
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2785)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
134
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.11 “C9 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Suction Air
remote control
Display
C9
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the suction air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is
running.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for air inlet
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X13A of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance is normal
when measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor (R1T) from the
indoor unit PC board.
(7.2kΩ~112kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T).
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2786)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
Troubleshooting
135
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.12 “CA ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge
Air
remote control
Display
CA
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by discharge air temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the discharge air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit
is running.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of indoor unit thermistor for air outlet
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to the
indoorunit PC board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance is normal
when measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor from the
indoor unit PC board.
(7.2kΩ~112kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor.
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2786)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
136
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.13 “CJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in
remote control
remote control
Display
CJ
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote control air temperature
thermistor. (Note1)
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the remote control air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the
unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of remote control thermistor
! Defect of remote control PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply OFF, then
power ON again.
Is "CJ" displayed on
the remote control?
YES
Replace remote control.
NO
External factor other than
equipment malfunction.
(for example, noise etc.)
(V2787)
Note:
In case of remote control thermistor malfunction, unit is still operable by suction air thermistor on
indoor unit.
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
Troubleshooting
137
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.14 “E1 ” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect
remote control
Display
E1
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check data from E²PROM
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned off.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power once and
turn on again.
Return to normal?
NO
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
Replace the outdoor unit
main PC Board (A1P).
(V3064)
138
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.15 “E3 ” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch
remote control
Display
E3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation
mode.
(Reference) Operating pressure of high pressure switch
Operating pressure: 4.0MPa
Reset pressure:
3.0MPa
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
!
Troubleshooting
Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch
Defect of High pressure switch
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Instantaneous power failure
Faulty high pressure sensor
139
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check for the points shown below.
1 Is the stop valve open?
2 Is the HPS connector properly connected to the
main PCB?
3 Does the high pressure switch have continuity?
Are the three points
above OK?
NO
Rectify defective points, if any.
YES
· Mount a pressure gauge on the high-pressure service port.
· Connect the Service Checker.
· Reset the operation using the remote control,
and then restart the operation.
Does the stop due to
malfunction (E3)
recur?
YES
Is the HPS
operating value
normal (i.e.,
4.0MPa)?
Replace the HPS.
YES
NO
Are the
characteristics of the
high pressure sensor
normal?
(See *1.)
NO
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
Is the pressure
detected with the PCB
normal? (See *2.)
NO
Replace the main PCB.
YES
· The high pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the PCB is also normal.
· The high pressure has really become high.
Refer to information on P.193, remove the causes by which
CHECK 1 the high pressure has become high.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor (*4) and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.225.)
*2: Make a comparison between the high pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1).
*3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for high
pressure sensor (Red)
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
Micro controller
A/D input
(1)
High
pressure
sensor
White
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires. (*4)
140
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.16 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor
remote control
Display
E4
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under specific pressure.
Operating pressure:0.07MPa
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
Troubleshooting
Abnormal drop of low pressure (Lower than 0.07MPa)
Defect of low pressure sensor
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Stop valve is not opened.
141
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
NO
Is the stop
valve open?
Open the stop valve.
YES
1 Mount a pressure gauge on the low-pressure service port.
2 Connect the Service Checker.
3 Reset the operation using the remote control, and then
restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics of the
low pressure
sensor normal?
(See *1.)
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
YES
Is the pressure
detected with the
PC board normal?
(See *2.)
NO
Replace the main PCB.
YES
· The low pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure
detected with the PC board is also normal.
· The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 2 Refer to information on P.194, remove the causes by
which the low pressure has become low.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor (*4) and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.225.)
*2: Make a comparison between the low pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1).
*3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for low pressure sensor
(Blue)
Micro controller
A/D input
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
White
Low
pressure
sensor
(1)
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires. (*4)
142
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.17 “E5 ” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock
remote control
Display
E5
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
compressor, and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phasecurrent waveform.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in
forced startup mode.
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
!
Compressor lock
High differential pressure (0.5MPa or more)
Incorrect UVW wiring
Faulty inverter PC board
Stop valve is left in closed.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the installation
conditions.
Is the stop valve open?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Is the UVW wiring normal?
NO
Connect correctly.
YES
Is high differential
pressure starting?
(0.5MPa or more)
YES
Remedy the cause.
NO
Check and see
whether compressor
is short-circuited or
ground.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Are inverter output
voltages the same for
3 phases?
NO
Replace the inverter PC
board Assy (A2P).
YES
Does low or high
pressure vary even
instantaneously
when restarting
compressor?
NO
YES
Replace the compressor.
(V2793)
Troubleshooting
143
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.18 “E7 ” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor
remote control
Display
E7
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC
when the fan motor runs.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
! When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 6 seconds or more when the fan
motor running conditions are met
! When malfunction is generated 4 times, the system shuts down.
Supposed
Causes
! Malfunction of fan motor
! The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected, or faulty
connector
! Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled
! Clearing condition: Operate for 5 minutes (normal)
! Open phase L1 or open phase N.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the
voltage between L1
and N on the power supply
terminal board X1M fallen within the
range of 220 to 240V±10%
(50 Hz)?
NO
Correct the power supply
voltage.
If L1 and N phases are
open, replace the switch
box.
YES
Connector of fan motor
is disconnected.
YES
Connect the connector.
NO
Is there any
obstacle around
the fan?
YES
Remove the obstacle.
NO
Can the fan be turned
smoothly with hand after
disconnect the connector
of fan motor?
NO
YES
Has either the fuse F4U on
the control PC board (A1P)
or the fuse F1U on the
inverter PC board (A2P)
blown out?
YES
If the F4U has blown out,
replace the fuse.
If the F1U has blown out,
replace the inverter PC
board assy.
NO
Check No. 3
Check on connector of fan
motor (Refer to information
on P.195)
Are the
resistances between pins
above judgment?
Replace the fan motor.
NO
Has either the fuse F4U
on the control PC board
(A1P) or the fuse F1U on
the inverter PC board
(A2P) blown out?
YES
NO
YES
If the F4U has blown out,
replace the fuse.
If the F1U has blown out,
replace the inverter PC
board assy.
Replace the fan motor.
Replace outdoor unit PC
board.
144
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.19 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)
remote control
Display
E9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check disconnection of connector
Check continuity of expansion valve coil
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated under no common power supply when the power is on.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
! Defect of connecting cable
Troubleshooting
145
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply off, and
turn power supply on again.
Return to normal?
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example, noise
etc.).
NO
Electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X21A
and X22A of outdoor
unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
After connecting, turn the power
off and then back on again.
YES
Normal when coil
check (∗1) of the
moving part of the
electronic
expansion valve is
checked.
NO
Replace the moving part of the
electronic expansion valve.
YES
The connecting cable is
short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
NO
Replace the connecting cable.
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3067)
∗Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins, and then
make sure the resistance falls in the range of 40 to 50Ω.
(Orange) 1
(Red) 2
(Yellow) 3
(Black) 4
5
Measuring points
1-6
2-6
3-6
4-6
(Gray) 6
(V3067)
146
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.20 “F3 ” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe
Temperature
remote control
Display
F3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe
temperature sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level
When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly
Supposed
Causes
! Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor
! Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor
! Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Discharge pipe
temperature is 120°C or
higher when the unit stop
by malfunction.
YES
Refrigerant shortage, compression
defect, etc. Defect of the refrigerant
system.
NO
Pull out the discharge pipe
thermistor from the outdoor
PCB, and then make
measurement of resistance
using a multiple meter.
Are the
characteristics of
the discharge pipe
thermistor normal?
(3.5~400KΩ)∗
NO
Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor.
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3068)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P225.
Troubleshooting
147
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.21 “F6 ” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged
remote control
Display
F6
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature
during a check operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated by using the heat exchanging deicer
temperature during a check run, exceeds the standard.
Supposed
Causes
! Refrigerant overcharge
! Misalignment of the thermistor for heat exchanger
! Defect of the thermistor for heat exchanger
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the mounting condition
of the temperature sensors of
the heat exchanging deicer
thermistor in the piping.
Are the above thermistor
installed on pipes
correctly?
NO
Install thermistor correctly.
YES
Remove the heat exchanging
deicer thermister from the
outdoor PCB and measure
resistance with a tester.
Is the characteristic of
the above thermistor
normal?
YES
NO
Replace thermistor.
Refrigerant overcharged.
(V2797)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P225.
148
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.22 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air
remote control
Display
H9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X11A of
outdoor PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R1T) from the outdoor unit
PC board. (3.5kΩ to
360kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3070)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P225.
Troubleshooting
149
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.23 “J3 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe
Thermistor (R2T)
remote control
Display
J3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of thermistor (R2T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector
is connected to
X12A of outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor R2T from the
outdoor unit PC board.
(5.0kΩ~640kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3072)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P226.
150
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.24 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T)
for Suction Pipe 1, 2
remote control
Display
J5
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2 are detected.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for outdoor unit suction pipe
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector of the
thermistor for suction
pipe1, 2 is connected to
X12A of outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance is
normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R3T, R5T) from the
outdoor unit PC board.
(3.5kΩ ~360kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R3T, R5T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3073)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
Troubleshooting
151
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.25 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger
remote control
Display
J6
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of thermistor (R6T) for outdoor unit heat exchanger
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X13A of
outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance is
normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R4T) from the outdoor unit PC
board.
(3.5kΩ~360kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R6T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3074)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
152
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.26 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for
Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe
remote control
Display
J7
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the liquid pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of thermistor (R7T) for outdoor unit liquid pipe
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X13A of
outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance is
normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R4T) from the outdoor unit PC
board.
(3.5kΩ~360kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R6T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3074)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P225.
Troubleshooting
153
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.27 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat
Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R4T)
remote control
Display
J9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger
gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open.
Supposed
Causes
! Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R4T)
! Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
the
connector for
subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe
thermistor connected to
X12A of outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P)?
YES
Is
the
resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor (R4T)
from outdoor unit PC board
normal?
(3.5 kΩ to 360 kΩ)
YES
NO
Connect connector and operate
unit again.
NO
Replace thermistor (R4T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3075)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P225.
154
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.28 “JA ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor
remote control
Display
JA
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of high pressure sensor
! Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection.
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The high pressure
sensor is connected to
X17A of outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the high pressure sensor
and turn on again.
YES
The
relationship
between the ∗1
VH and high pressure is
normal (see ∗2) when voltage
is measured between X17A
pins (1) and (3) of outdoor
unit PC board (A1P)
(see ∗1).
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
(V2806)
∗1: Voltage measurement point
Outside unit PC board A2P
+5V
GND
4
Red
3
Black
2
Microcomputer
A/D input
1
*2 Measure DC voltage here.
White
Low pressure sensor
X46A
(V2807)
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure / voltage characteristics table on P227.
Troubleshooting
155
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.29 “JC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor
remote control
Display
JC
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of low pressure sensor
! Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection.
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The low pressure
sensor is connected to
X18A (blue) of outdoor
unit PC board (A1P).
NO
Connect low pressure sensor
property and restart system.
YES
The relationship
between the *1 VL and
low pressure is normal
(see *2) when voltage is
measured between
X18A pins (2) and (3) of
outdoor unit PC board
(A1P)
(see *1).
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
(V2808)
∗1: Voltage measurement point
Outside unit PC board A2P
+5V
GND
Microcomputer
A/D input
4
Red
3
Black
2
White
1
*2 Measure DC voltage here.
Low pressure sensor
X45A
(V2809)
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure/voltage characteristics table on P227.
156
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.30 “L1 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board
remote control
Display
L1
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
! Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup.
! Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of
startup.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
! In case of overcurrent (OCP) during waveform output
! When the current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation
! In case of IGBT malfunction
Supposed
Causes
! Faulty outdoor PC board (A1P)
• IPM failure
• Current sensor failure
• Failure of IGBT or drive circuit
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn OFF the power
supply once and then turn
it ON again.
Does it return
normally?
YES
It is believed that
external factors (noise,
etc.) other than failure
caused the malfunction.
NO
Replace the outdoor PC
board (A1P).
PC board equipped with
a resin case
(
Troubleshooting
)
157
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.31 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise
remote control
Display
L4
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 83°C.
Supposed
Causes
! Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates above 83°C)
! Defect of inverter PC board (A2P)
! Defect of fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The radiator fin
temperature is
supposed to have risen
to 84°C or more.
YES
Faulty heat radiation of power unit
• Air suction opening blocked
• Dirty radiator fin
• High outdoor temperature
NO
Is the connector X111A of
the fin thermistor properly
connected to the outdoor
PCB?
NO
Properly connect.
YES
Turn ON the power supply,
and then press the remote
control check button once.
Is the malfunction
code "P4" displayed
on the remote
control?
YES
To "P4" troubleshooting
NO
Does the malfunction code
"L4" recur when the unit
starts operation?
NO
158
YES
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P) as well.
Continue operation.
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.32 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal
remote control
Display
L5
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When an excessive current flows in the power transistor.
(Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation.)
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)
! Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock)
! Defect of inverter PC board (A2P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Compressor inspection
The compressor's
coil is disconnected
or the insulation is
defective.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Disconnect the connection
between the compressor and
inverter. Make the power
transistor check mode setting
ON by service mode.
Inverter
output voltage
check Inverter output
voltage is not balanced.
(Normal if within ±5V Must be
measured when frequency
is stable.
YES
Replace the inverter unit (A2P).
NO
There is
instantenious power
drop.
NO
YES
Correct power supply.
Compressor inspection
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration
and operating status of the
compressor.
(V2812)
Higher voltage than actual is displayed when the inverter output voltage is checked by tester.
Troubleshooting
159
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.33 “L8 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal
remote control
Display
L8
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When overload in the compressor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
! Compressor overload
! Compressor coil disconnected
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Output current check
The
secondary current
of the inverter is higher than
13.1A, 260 sec. for each
phase.
YES
Compressor overload
Inspection of the compressor and
refrigerant system is required.
NO
Compressor
inspection The
compressor's coil is
disconnected.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Disconnect the the connection
between the compressor and
inverter. Make the power
transistor check mode setting
ON by service mode.
Inverter
output voltage
check Inverter output
voltage is not balanced
(Normal if within ±5V).
Must be measured when
frequency is stable.
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
YES
After turning on
again, "L8" blinks
again.
YES
NO
Reset and restart.
Compressor inspection
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration
and operating status of the
compressor.
(V3184)
160
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.34 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error
remote control
Display
L9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When overload in the compressor is detected during startup
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of compressor
! Pressure differential start
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The difference
between high and
low pressure when
starting is above
0.2MPa.
NO
Unsatisfactory pressure
equalization
Check refrigerant system.
YES
Disconnect the connection
between the compressor and
inverter. Make the power
transistor check mode ON by
service mode.
Inverter
output voltage
check Inverter
output voltage is not
balanced.
(Normal if within ±5V)
Must be measured when
frequency is stable.
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
YES
After turning on again,
"L9" blinks again.
YES
NO
Reset and restart.
Compressor inspection
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration
and operating status of the
compressor.
(V2814)
Troubleshooting
161
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.35 “LC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board
remote control
Display
LC
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check the communication state between inverter PC board and control PC board by microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period.
Supposed
Causes
! Malfunction of connection between the inverter microcomputer and outdoor control
microcomputer
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
! External factor (Noise etc.)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Was the inverter PC
board or the control PC
board replaced?
YES
NO
Are the
connectors of
the inverter PC board
and the control PC board
securely
connected?
Are
the inverter PC
board and the control PC board
used in combination of types
listed in Table 1?
NO
Correct the combination following
Table 1, and then restart
operation.
YES
NO
Connect a connecting wire, and
then restart operation.
YES
Are there
any broken wires
in the connectors of the
inverter PC board and the
control PC board?
YES
Repair the broken wires, and then
restart operation.
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
(A2P) or the control PC board
(A1P).
Table 1: Combination of PC boards
Type of control Type of inverter
PC board
PC board
RXYSQ4P7Y1B
EC0640-1
PC0625-1
RXYSQ5P7Y1B
RXYSQ6P7Y1B
RXYSQ4P7Y1BH
RXYSQ5P7Y1BH
RXYSQ6P7Y1BH
162
EC0640-2
PC0625-2
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.36 “P1 ” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main
Inverter Circuit
remote control
Display
P1
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in the
inverter.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power
supply open phase.
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
!
Defect of main circuit capacitor
Improper main circuit wiring
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P)
Imbalance of phase-to-phase voltages
Open phase
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Make measurement of power
supply voltages between L1 and
L2, L1 and L3, and L2 and L3.
Have the
power supply
voltages of three phases
fallen within the range of
rated voltage
±10%?
NO
Correct the power supply voltages.
YES
Has the
imbalance of
phase-to-phase
voltages fallen within
±10%?
YES
Troubleshooting
NO
Correct the power supply voltages.
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
163
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.37 “UO ” Outdoor Unit: Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant
Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure
remote control
Display
U0
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Short of gas malfunction is detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor and low pressure
saturation temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Microcomputer judge and detect if the system is short of refrigerant.
HMalfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
164
Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging (incorrect piping)
Defect of pressure sensor
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Defect of thermistor R3T
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
YES
Cooling
Low pressureis 0.25
MPaor less.
NO
YES
Out of gas, closing of stop
valve or refrigerant system is
clogged. Requires check of
refrigerant system.
NO
The
voltage of
X18A pins (2) and
(3) on main outdoor unit
PC board (A1P) is 1.0 VDC or
less. (Low pressure sensor
output voltage) ∗2
The
suction pipe1
temp. minus low
pressure saturation temp.
is 20 °Cor higher.
YES
Replace main outdoor unit
PC board (A1P).
NO
Replace low pressure sensor.
YES
Out of gas or refrigerant
system is clogged. Requires
check of refrigerant system.
NO
Resistance
is normal when
measured with the
thermistor (R3T) for
suction pipe1 disconnected
from the outdoor unit
PC board.∗1
NO
Replace the thermistor.
YES
Is the low
pressure sensor
correct?
NO
Replace the low pressure
sensor.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V2819)
∗2: Voltage measurement point
Outside unit PC board A2P
+5V
GND
Microcomputer
A/D input
4
Red
3
Black
2
White
1
*2 Measure DC voltage here.
Low pressure sensor
X45A
(V2809)
∗1: Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P225.
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P227.
Troubleshooting
165
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.38 “U2 ” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure
remote control
Display
U2
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the abnormal voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and abnormal power
supply voltage are detected.
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
166
Power supply insufficient
Instantaneous power failure
Defect of outdoor unit fan motor
Defect of outdoor inverter PC board (A2P)
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Have the
power supply
voltages between L1 and L2,
L2 and L3, and L1 and L3 fallen within
the range of 380 to 415V±10% (50 Hz) and
between L and N within the range
of 220 to 240V±10%
(50 Hz)?
NO
Correct the power supply
voltages.
If L2 or Phase N is open,
replace the switch box.
YES
Check the inverter power
transistor. ∗1
YES
Is the power transistor
faulty?
NO
Check No.3 ∗
Is the resistance above
standard value?
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
Check for the PC board
conditions.
In case of significant failure,
the PC board may have got
faulty due to faulty
compressor. Consequently,
even if the PC board is
replaced, it may get faulty
again. To avoid that, recheck
the compressor for
grounding and for any
broken wires. Furthermore,
even after replacing the PC
board, carry out inspections
on the compressor.
Replace the fan motor
YES
When the compressor is running,
measure the voltage between
+ and - of electrolytic capacitor
(C+, C-).
Is the measured voltage
220 VDC or more?
YES
Monitor the voltage
(Instantaneous voltage drop)
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
(A1P).
(S2605)
∗1: Inverter’s Power Transistors Check : Refer to information on P.228, 229.
∗ Check No.3 : Refer to information on P.195.
Troubleshooting
167
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.39 “U3 ” Check Operation not Executed
remote control
Display
U3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check operation is executed or not
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Supposed
Causes
! Check operation is not executed.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the check
operation performed
on Outdoor unit PC
board?
YES
NO
Press the BS4 on PC board on the
master outdoor unit for 5 seconds
or more to execute check
operation.
Replace the main PC board on
the outdoor unit.
(V3052)
168
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.40 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units
and Outdoor Units
remote control
Display
U4
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
! Indoor to outdoor, outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit
or wrong wiring
! Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
! System address doesn’t match
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
169
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the
indoor or
outdoor unit PC
board been replaced, or
has the indoor - outdoor or
outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
been modified?
YES
NO
All
indoor
unit remote
controls of the same
refrigerant system
display"U4."
NO
Push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC Board for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not operate
forup to 12 minutes.
Is indoor outdoor and outdoor
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC
- outdoor unit transmission
board.
wiring normal?
NO
YES
Fix the indoor/outdoor unit
transmission wiring.
Reset the power supply.
Outdoor unit PC
boardmicrocomputer
monitor(HAP) blinks.
Are
there any broken
wires in the connectors of the
inverter PC board (A1P) and the control PC
board (A2P)?
NO
YES
NO
Repair the broken wires, and
then restart operation.
YES
The voltage between
terminals L3 and N of the
outdoor unit PC board is
220~240 V.
NO
Supply 220~240 V.
YES
NO
Has either
the fuse F4U on the
outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
or the fuse F1U on the inverter PC
board (A2P) blown out?
NO
Operation ready
lamp (H2P) is
blinking.
The fuse F3U on the
outdoor unit's PC board
is burnt.
Replace the fuse.
YES Check No. 3 ∗
Check for the fan motor
connector.
Is resistance
between pins in
excess of judgment
criteria?
YES
YES
Lamp does not go
off for 12 minutes or
more.
NO
Is
indoor outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
NO Replace the fuse F4U and
the inverter PC board (A2P).
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the inverter PC
board.
Replace the fuse F4U.
Replace outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit PC
board for 5 seconds.
NO
YES
Fix the indoor/outdoor unit
transmission wiring.
Replace the outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V3187)
∗ Check No.3 : Refer to information on P.195.
170
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.41 “U5 ” Malfunction of Transmission between remote
control and Indoor Unit
remote control
Display
U5
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote control, check the system using microcomputer is signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote control (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
!
Malfunction of indoor unit remote control transmission
Connection of two main remote controls (when using 2 remote controls)
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Defect of remote control PC board
Malfunction of transmission caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using 2-remote
controls control.
YES
NO
All indoor PC board
microcomputer monitors
blink.
NO
YES
Set one remote control to
"SUB"; turn the power supply
off once and then back on.
NO
NO
YES
Multi-core
cable is used for the
indoor unit remote control
transmission wiring.
SS1 of both remote
controls is set to "MAIN."
Operation
returns to normal
when the power is turned
off momentarily.
YES
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC
board.
There is possibility of
malfunction caused by noise.
Check the surrounding area
and turn on again.
Switch to double-core
independent cable.
replacement
Defect of remote controller PC
board or indoor unit PC board.
Replace whichever is
defective.
(V2823)
Troubleshooting
171
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.42 “U8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub
remote controls
remote control
Display
U8
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote control, check the system using microcomputer if signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote control (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
! Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote control
! Connection between sub remote controls
! Defect of remote control PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using 2-remote
controls control.
NO
YES
SS1of both remote
controls is set to "SUB."
YES
SS1 of remote
control PC boards is
set to "MAIN."
NO
Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the
power supply off once and
then back on.
YES
NO
Turn the power off and then
back on. If a malfunction
occurs, replace the remote
control PC board.
Set one remote control to
"MAIN"; the power supply off
once and then back on.
(V2825)
172
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.43 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System
remote control
Display
U9
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting
!
!
!
!
Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system
Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
Defect of PC board of indoor unit in other system
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
173
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
"U9" has been displayed for 2
minutes or more.
YES
Re-diagnose by display after
passage of 2 minutes or more.
NO
Turn on all indoor units.
The "UA" display blinks on the
remote controls of other units
within the same refrigerant
system.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "UA"
malfunction code.
NO
The "A1" display blinks
on the remote controls
of other units within the
same refrigerant
system.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "A1"
malfunction code.
NO
The "A9" display
blinks on the remote
controls of other units
within the same
refrigerant system.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "A9"
malfunction code.
NO
The "U4"
display blinks on
the remote controls of
other units within the
same refrigerant
system.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U4"
malfunction code.
NO
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U5"
malfunction code.
(V2826)
174
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.44 “UA ” Excessive Number of Indoor Units
remote control
Display
UA
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
Excess of connected indoor units
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor PC board was not conducted after replacing to spare parts PC board.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the outdoor PC
board replaced to
spare parts PC
board?
YES
The refrigerant classification has
not been set yet.
NO
The total
of indoor units
displaying "UA" and
indoor units connected to
the same refrigerant system is
within connectable number
of unit*
NO
There are too many indoor units
within the same refrigerant
system.
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PC board for 5 seconds.
Does a malfunction occur?
NO
Normal
YES
Does the
refrigerant type of
indoor and outdoor
unit match?
YES
NO
Matches the refrigerant type of
indoor and outdoor unit.
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3169)
∗ The number of indoor units that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on
the type of outdoor unit.
Troubleshooting
175
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.45 “UC ” Address Duplication of Central remote control
Remote Control
Display
UC
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Address duplication of centralized remote control
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Optional controls for
centralized control
are connected to the
indoor unit.
YES
Address duplication of central
remote control
The setting must be changed so
that the central remote control
address is not duplicated.
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
(V2828)
176
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.46 “UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Central
remote control and Indoor Unit
remote control
Display
UE
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Centralized controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized remote control is
normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
! Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor
unit
! Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
! Failure of PC board for centralized remote control
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
177
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
Troubleshooting
Caution
SiENBE34-703
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has an
indoor unit once
connected been remove or
its address
changed?
NO
Is
the power
supply turned on
for indoor units displaying
malfunction?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Turn indoor unit's power
supply.
YES
Is
transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is
transmission with
all indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
YES
YES
Is
the
transmission
wiring with the master
control disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
Is the group No. of
malfunctioning indoor
units set?
NO
Set the group No. correctly.
Replace indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is the master
controller's connector
for setting master
control disconnected?
YES
NO
Connect the connector
correctly.
Replace the central PC
board.
(V2829)
178
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
3.47 “UF” System is not Set yet
remote control
Display
UF
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to
that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through
checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed
Causes
! Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdooroutdoor units
! Failure to execute check operation
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
! Stop valve is left in closed
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are the stop valves
opened?
NO
Open stop valve.
YES
Is the check
operation carried
out?
NO
YES
Is
indoor - outdoor
and outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
Is indoor
-outdoor and outdooroutdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
Replace indoor unit PC board.
NO
NO
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
* The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may
not have been carried out
successfully.
(V2830)
Note:
Troubleshooting
Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off
for more than 12 hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the
fan mode for at least an hour.
179
Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control
SiENBE34-703
3.48 “UH ” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address
Undefined
remote control
Display
UH
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
RXYSQ4~6P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside
control adapter
! Defect of indoor unit PC board
! Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
electricity
being introduced
for the first time after
YES
installationor after an indoor
or outdoor unit PC
board has been
replaced?
NO
Is indoor
- outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
Does a
malfunction
occur even after 12
minutes elapses from the
time when electricity is
introduced to indoor
and outdoor
units?
NO
Normal
YES
NO
YES
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
* The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PC board for 5 seconds
Does a malfunction occur?
NO
Normal
YES
Does a
"UH" malfunction
occur for all indoor units
in the system?
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Replace outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V2831)
180
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized remote control
4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized
remote control
4.1
“UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
remote control and Indoor Unit
remote control
Display
UE
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and central remote control is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
!
!
!
!
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
Failure of PC board for central remote control
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has an indoor unit
once connected been
remove or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Is the power supply
turned on for indoor
units displaying
malfunction?
NO
Turn indoor unit's power
supply.
YES
Is transmission
wiring disconnected
or wired incorrectly?
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is transmission with
all indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
YES
YES
Is the transmission wiring
with the master controller
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
Is the group No. of
malfunctioning indoor
units set?
NO
NO
Set the group No. correctly.
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is the master
controller's connector
for setting master
controller
disconnected?
YES
NO
Connect the connector
correctly.
Replace the central PC board.
(V2832)
Troubleshooting
181
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized remote control
4.2
SiENBE34-703
“M1 ” PC Board Defect
remote control
Display
M1
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Defect of central remote control PC board
Troubleshooting
Replace the central remote control PC board.
182
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
4.3
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized remote control
“M8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control
remote control
Display
M8
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
! Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has a
once
connected optional
controller for centralized
control been disconnected
or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply simultaneously
for all optional controllers for
centralized control.
NO
Is
the
power supply
turned on for all optional
controllers for
centralized
control?
NO
Turn on power supply for all
optional controllers for centralized
control.
YES
Is
the reset
switch of all optional
controllers for centralized
control set to ''normal?''
NO
Set reset switch to "normal."
YES
Is
transmission wiring
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
NO
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
The PC board of one of the
optional controllers for centralized
control is defective. Try turning
on/off using each optional
controllers for centralized control,
and replace the PC board of the
one that is unable to control the
indoor unit.
(V2833)
Troubleshooting
183
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized remote control
4.4
SiENBE34-703
“MA ” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control
remote control
Display
MA
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
184
! Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
! More than one master controller is connected
! Defect of PC board of optional controller for centralized control
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized remote control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
the wiring
adapter for electrical
appendices
connected?
Cannot be used in
combination with a wiring
adapter for electrical
appendices. Remove the
wiring adapter for electrical
appendices and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
YES
NO
Is a schedule timer
connected?
YES
NO
Is a data station
connected?
YES
NO
Is a parallel interface
connected?
YES
NO
Is the
schedule timer's
individual/combined
connector connected?
YES
Schedule timer and data
station cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
data station and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Schedule timer and parallel
interface cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset
the power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
Disconnect the schedule
timer's individual / combined
connector and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
NO
Are there
two or more
optional controllers for
centralized control connected with
the connector for setting
master control?
YES
NO
Reset the power supply for all
optional controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
If the malfunction is still not cleared:
Troubleshooting
Arrange so that the
connector for setting master
control is connected to one
controller for centralized
control and reset the power
supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Disconnect the connector for
setting master control from
the master controller,
connect to another optional
controller for centralized
control and simultaneously
reset all optional controllers
for centralized control again.
The controller connected by
the connector for setting
master control when the
malfunction is cleared is
defective and must be
replaced.
(V2834)
185
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized remote control
4.5
SiENBE34-703
“MC ” Address Duplication, Improper Setting
remote control
Display
MC
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Address duplication of centralized remote control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are two or
more centralized
remote controls
connected?
YES
Disconnect all centralized
remote controls except one
and reset the power supply of
the centralized remote control.
NO
Reset power supply of the
centralized remote control.
(V2835)
186
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/
OFF Control
5.1
Operation Lamp Blinks
remote control
Display
Operation lamp blinks
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
Unified ON/OFF control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting
!
!
!
!
!
Malfunction of transmission between optional controller and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected
Defect of unified ON/OFF control
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Malfunction of air conditioner
187
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is a malfunction
code displayed on
the remote
control?
YES
Diagnose the cause with the
air conditioner's failure
diagnosis manual.
NO
Has a once
connected indoor unit
been removed or its
address changed?
YES
Reset power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
NO
Is the power supply
for the indoor unit
displaying a
malfunction turned
on?
NO
Turn the power supply of the
indoor unit on.
YES
Is transmission
wiring disconnected
or wired incorrectly?
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Is transmission with all
indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
Is the group No. of
malfunctioning indoor
units set?
Set the group No.
correctly.
YES
YES
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Is the transmission wiring
with the master control
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is the master controller's
connector forsetting master
controller disconnected.
YES
Connect the connector
correctly.
NO
Replace the central PC board.
(V2841)
188
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
5.2
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)
remote control
Display
“under host computer integrated control” (Repeats single blink)
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF control
Central controller, Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting
!
!
!
!
!
Address duplication of central remote control
Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
Connection of more than one master control
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
189
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Has a
once connected
optional controller for
centralized control been
disconnected or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Is the
power supply
turned on for all
optional controllers for
centralized
control?
YES
Is
the reset
switch of all optional
controls for centralized control
set to "normal"?
YES
Is
transmission
wiring disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
NO
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
NO
Are
two or more
unified ON / OFF controllers
connected?
Set reset switch to "normal."
YES
NO
Is a central remote
control or schedule timer
connected?
Turn on power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control.
Is
the central
remote control or
schedule timer displaying a
malfunction?
YES
Is
the
setting of the
unified ON / OFF
controller's switch for setting
each address
duplicated?
YES
190
Refer to failure diagnosis for
central remote control or
schedule timer.
NO
NO
2A
YES
NO
Correct the setting of the
unified ON / OFF control's
switch for setting each
address and reset the power
supply of the unified ON /
OFF controller.
(V2842)
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
2A
Is the wiring adapter for
electrical appendices
connected?
YES
NO
Is a schedule timer
connected?
YES
Is a data station
connected?
NO
YES
NO
Is a parallel interface
connected?
YES
NO
Is the schedule timer's
individual/combined connector
connected?
NO
Are there
two or more
optional controls for
centralized control connected
with the connector for
setting master
control?
YES
NO
Reset the power supply for
all optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
If the malfunction is still not cleared:
YES
Cannot be used in
combination with a wiring
adapter for electrical
appendices. Remove the
wiring adapter for electrical
appendices and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Schedule timer and data
station cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
data station and reset the
power supply for all optional
controls for centralized control
simultaneously.
Schedule timer and parallel
interface cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset the
power supply for all optional
controls for centralized control
simultaneously.
Disconnect the schedule
timer's individual / combined
connector and reset the power
supply for all optional controls
for centralized control
simultaneously.
Arrange so that the connector
for setting master control is
connected to one control for
centralized control and reset
the power supply for all
optional controls for
centralized control
simultaneously.
Disconnect the connector for
setting master control from
the master control, connect to
another optional control for
centralized control and
simultaneously reset all
optional controls for
centralized control again. The
controller connected by the
connector for setting master
control when the malfunction
is cleared is defective and
must be replaced.
(V2843)
Troubleshooting
191
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
5.3
SiENBE34-703
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink)
remote control
Display
“under host computer integrated control” (Repeats double blink)
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
! Central control address (group No.) is not set for indoor unit.
! Improper address setting
! Improper wiring of transmission wiring
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the central control
address (group No.) set
for the indoor unit?
NO
YES
Is the switch for
setting each addressset correctly?
NO
YES
Is the transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
YES
Set by remote control the central
control address for all indoor units
connected to the central control
line.
Set the switch for setting each
address correctly and
simultaneously reset the power
supply for all optional controls for
centralized control.
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Replace the PC board of the
unified ON/OFF control.
192
(V2844)
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
[CHECK 1] Check for causes of rise in high pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
Local
pressure
rise
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic
expansion valve is throttled:
(See *1.)
Rise in high
pressure
High pipe
resistance
Faulty outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
A temperature difference in excess of 10°C between
the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal.
Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Bent or crashed pipe
Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign
particles
Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe.
Faulty valve coil
Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty high pressure sensor
Faulty
control
Faulty high
pressure
control
Stop valve closed
Faulty control PCB
Faulty valve coil
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Are the coil resistance and insulation
normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty high pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal?
[In heating]
If the indoor unit electronic
expansion valve excessively
throttled: (See *2.)
[In cooling]
High suction
air
temperature
of the
condenser
Faulty
control
Faulty indoor unit
liquid pipe thermistor
In the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Faulty control PCB
Is the pressure value checked with the Service
Checker corresponding to the measurement of the
pressure sensor?
High suction air
temperature of
outdoor unit
Short circuit
Is the suction air temperature not more than
46°C?
High ambient temperature
Is the outdoor temperature not more than 46°C?
High suction
air temperature
of indoor unit
Short circuit
Is the suction air temperature not more than 27°C?
High ambient temperature
Is the indoor temperature not more than 27°C?
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit
Is the outdoor temperature not more than 16?CWB?
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
Dirty condenser
Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
Mixing of non-condensable gas
Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan
output
High air
passage
resistance
Excessive refrigerant charging
Improper model selection [In heating]
Faulty fan
motor
Faulty control
PC board
(Including
capacity setting)
Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Are the motor coil resistance and
insulation normal?
If a spare PC board is mounted, is the
capacity setting properly made?
Dirty filter
Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
Refer to page 313.
Is the indoor unit too small compared to
the large-sized outdoor unit?
*1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is fully open.
*2: In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “subcooled degree control”.
C: SDK04009
Troubleshooting
193
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
SiENBE34-703
[CHECK 2] Check for causes of drop in low pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
[In cooling]
(See *1.) Faulty
compressor
Faulty low
capacity
pressure
control
control
Abnormally low
low-pressure
(Low evaporating
temperature)
[In both cooling
and heating]
(See *2.)
[In cooling]
If the indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve is
throttled too much:
(See *3.)
Faulty electronic
expansion valve
control
Low suction air
temperature of
the evaporator
Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty control PCB
Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty low pressure sensor
Faulty low
pressure
protection
control
Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty hot gas solenoid valve
Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PCB
Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Faulty valve coil
Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty
control
Faulty gas pipe
thermistor of indoor unit
Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
Faulty liquid pipe thermistor
of indoor unit
Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
Faulty control PCB
Faulty outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
[In heating]
If the outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
excessively
throttled:
(See *4.)
[In cooling]
Faulty low pressure sensor
Faulty valve coil
Faulty valve body
Faulty
control
Faulty low pressure sensor
Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty suction pipe thermistor
Check for the thermistor resistance and
connection.
Faulty control PCB
Low suction air
temperature of
indoor unit
Short circuit
Is the suction air temperature not less than 14°C
Low ambient temperature
Is the indoor temperature not less than 14°C
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit
Is the outdoor temperature not less than -15°C
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High pipe
resistance
Abnormal piping length
Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crashed pipe
Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign particles
Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed
Less
circulation
quantity of
refrigerant
Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Are the coil resistance and insulation
normal?
Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Inadequate refrigerant quantity
Refer to page 164.
Moisture choke
Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty evaporator
Is the heat exchanger clogged?
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan output
High air
passage
resistance
Faulty fan motor
Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PCB
(Including capacity setting)
If a spare PCB is mounted, is the capacity
setting properly made?
Dirty filter
Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
*1: For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to “Compressor PI Control” on page 42.
*2: The “low pressure protection control” includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control. For details, refer to page 53.
*3: In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “superheated degree control”.
*4: In heating, the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is used for “superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger”.
(For details, refer to page 43.)
194
C: SDK04009
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
[CHECK 3] Check for Fan Motor Connector
(1) Turn the power supply off.
(2) With the fan motor connector on motor side disconnected, measure the resistance between
each pin, then make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the
following table.
1 White
2 Orange
3 Brown
GND 4 Blue
Measurement point
1-4
2-4
3-4
4-7
Judgment
1MΩ or more
100kΩ or more
100Ω or more
100kΩ or more
5
6
7 Red
Troubleshooting
195
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Control
196
SiENBE34-703
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-703
Part 8
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................198
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................198
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................199
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................202
2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................202
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................203
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................204
3. Option List ...........................................................................................218
3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................218
3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................220
4.
5.
6.
7.
Appendix
Example of Connection .......................................................................222
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................225
Pressure Sensor .................................................................................227
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules.........228
197
Filter
198
Accumulator
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid
valve
Filter
Low pressure
sensor
Pressure
regulating valve
High pressure
switch
Capillary
tube
Electronic expansion
valve
Stop valve (With service port on field piping side Ø 7.9mm flare connection)
Capillary
tube
Service port
Double pipe
exchanger
Filter
Filter
Service port
Solenoid valve
High pressure
sensor
Four way
valve
Heat exchanger
3D052628
1.1
Oil
separator
Electronic expansion
valve
Piping Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
1. Piping Diagrams
Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P7Y1B
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
1.2
Piping Diagrams
Indoor Unit
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXZQ, FXKQ, FXSQ, FXMQ, FXHQ, FXAQ, FXLQ, FXNQ
Gas piping connection port
Heat exchanger
Flare connection : ø15.9 or less
Attached piping : Above ø19.1
(4)
Fan
(2)
(3)
Liquid piping connection port
(Flare connection)
Filter
(1)
Electronic
Filter
expansion valve
DU220-602J
Code
Appendix
Name
Code
(1)
Electronic expansion valve
Y1E
(2)
Suction air temperature
thermistor
R1T
(3)
Liquid pipe
R2T
(4)
Gas pipe
R3T
Capacity
GAS
20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50M(A)
63 / 80 / 100 / 125M(A)
φ12.7
φ15.9
Main function
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
Used for thermostat control.
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation.
(mm)
Liquid
φ6.4
φ9.5
199
Piping Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
FXDQ
Gas side
Liquid side
Electronic expansion
valve
Filter
Filter
Fan
Indoor heat exchanger
4D043864H
! Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
Model
FXDQ20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50
FXDQ63
200
Gas
φ12.7
φ15.9
(mm)
Liquid
φ6.4
φ9.5
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Piping Diagrams
FXUQ + BEVQ
Indoor Unit
Indoor heat exchanger
Filter
Field piping ø 9.5C1220T-0
To outdoor unit
Field piping ø 15.9C1220T-0
Indoor unit
4D037995F
Connection Unit
Electronic expansion
valve
Liquid piping
connection port
Gas piping
connection port
Filter
Filter
Liquid piping
connection port
Gas piping
connection port
4D034127B
Appendix
201
202
HEAT
AIR CONTROL
Notes
1. This wiring diagram is applied only to the outdoor unit.
2.
:Field wiring.
3.
:Terminal strip : Movable connector ,
: Fixed connector
: Terminal
: Protective earth (Screw)
: Noiseless earth
4. When using the option adapter, refer to the installation manual.
5. Refer to “Operation caution label” (on back of front plate) how to use BS1~5 and DS1 • 2 switch .
6. When operating, don’t shortcircuit for protection device (S1PH).
7. Colors RED:Red BLU:Blue WHT:White YLW: Yellow BRN: Brown GRN: Green ORG: Orange.
8. When using the central control system, Connect outdoor-outdoor transmission to F1 • F2.
OUTDOOR
(F1) (F2)
NOTE )8
TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT
INDOOR
FAN
COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (F1) (F2)
COOL
SELECTOR
ARROW A
Noise filter
Noise filter
Noise filter
(With surge absorber)
Noise filter
C/H Selector
Selector switch (Fan/Cool • Heat)
Selector switch (Cool/Heat)
Connector of option adapter
Connector
(Option adapter power supply)
EL, COMPO, ASSY FRONT
NOTE )4
3D057078A
2.1
THE POSITION OF
COMPRESSOR
TERMINAL
THE ENTRANCE
OF WIRE
POWER SUPPLY
3N~
380-415V
50Hz
Printed circuit board (Main)
Printed circuit board (INV)
Push button switch
(Mode, set , return, test, defrost)
Capacitor
Dip switch
Crankcase heater
Fuse (T, 6.3A, 250V)
Pilotlamp (Service monitor-orange)
[H2P] prepare, test --------------Flickering
malfunction detection---- Light up
Operation Pilot Lamp
(Service monitor-green)
Operation Pilot Lamp
(Service monitor-green)
Magnetic contactor
Magnetic relay (Y1S)
Magnetic relay (Y2S)
Magnetic relay (Y3S)
Magnetic relay (E1HC)
Magnetic relay
Reactor
Motor (Compressor)
Motor (Fan)
Power supply
Resistor
Resistor
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (M1C Discharge)
Thermistor (Suction1)
Thermistor (Subcool1)
Thermistor (Suction2)
Thermistor (Coil)
Thermistor (Liquid1)
Thermistor (Liquid2)
Thermistor (Power module)
Pressure sensor (High)
Pressure sensor (Low)
Pressure switch (High)
Power module
Diode module
Terminal strip
Terminal strip (Control)
(C/H Selector)
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Sub cool)
Solenoid valve (4 Way valve)
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (U/L Circuit)
Noise filter
Noise filter
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
2. Wiring Diagrams
Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P7Y1B
Appendix
Appendix
Main
Switch
2 Wires Cable
(Power line)
Fuse
Switch
2 Wires Cable
(Power line)
2 Wires Cable
(Transmisson line)
Fuse
Switch
2 Wires Cable
(Power line)
Fuse
Switch
INDOOR UNITS
2 Wires Cable
(Transmisson line)
OUTDOOR UNITS
Fuse
Switch
2 Wires Cable
(Transmisson line)
2 Wires Cable
(Power line)
Fuse
Switch
2 Wires Cable
(Transmisson line)
3D057919
6) Unit shall be grounded in compliance with the applicable local and national codes.
7) Wiring shown are general points-of-connection guides only are not intended for or to include all details for a
specific installation.
8) Be sure to install the switch and the fuse of the power line of each equipment.
9) Install the main switch that can interrupt all the power souces in an integrated manner because this system
consists of the equipement utilizing the multiple power sources.
10) If there exists the possibility of reversed phase, lose phase, momentary blackout or the power goes on and off
while the product is operating attach a reversed phase protection circuit locally. Running the product in reversed
phase may break the compressor and other parts.
2 Wires Cable
(Power line)
1) All wiring, components and materials to be procured on the site must comply with
the applicable local and national codes.
2) Use copper conductors only
3) As for details, see wiring diagram.
4) Install circuit breaker for safety.
5) All field wiring and components must be provided by licensed electrician.
Notes
2.2
Power supply
Main Switch
Power supply
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
Field Wiring
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P7Y1B
203
Wiring Diagrams
2.3
SiENBE34-703
Indoor Unit
FXCQ20 / 25 / 32 / 63M8
204
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
FXCQ40 / 50 / 80 / 125M8V3
Appendix
205
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
FXFQ25 / 32 / 40 / 50 / 63 / 80 / 100 / 125P7VE
206
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
FXZQ20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50M8V1
Appendix
207
208
Transformer (220-240 V/22 V)
Terminal block (Power)
Terminal block (Control)
Electronic expansion
Fuse (훾, 5A, 250V)
Light emitting diodo.
(Servicel monitor green)
Magnetic relay(M1F)
Notes
1.
: Terminal block,
,
: Connector,
: Terminal.
2.
: Field wiring.
3. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached instruction
manual.
4. When connecting the input wires from outside, forced OFF or ON/OFF , control operation can be
selected by remote control
In details refer to the installation manual attached to the unit.
5. In case of high E.S.P. operation, change over the wiring connection from X2A to X3A.
6. Symbols show as follows: PNK: pink, WHT: white, YLW: yellow, ORG: orange, BLU: blue, BLK:
Black, RED: red, BRN: brown, GRY: gray.
7. Use copper conductors only.
electrical appendices)
(OPTIONALACCESSORY)
WIRED REMOTE CONTROL
3D039564C
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL
TRANSMISSION WIRING
NOTE-3
Connector (Wiring adapter for
(M1F Embedded)
NOTE 5
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
Connector (Adapter for wiring)
NOTE-4
ELECTRIC PARTS BOX
Thermo switch
Selector switch (Main/Sub)
Motor (Drain pump)
POWER SUPPLY
Motor (Swing flap)
Thermistor (Air)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
valve
Wired remote control
Limit switch (Swing flap)
Capacitor (M1F)
Magnetic relay (M1S)
Thermistor (Coil)
Float switch
Thermistor (Air)
Terminal board
Indoor unit
Printed circuit board
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
FXKQ25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 63MAVE
Appendix
Appendix
: Terminal block
POWER
SUPPLY
6. Symbols show as follows: RED: red, BLK: Black, WHT: white, YLW: yellow, PRP: purple, GRY: gray , BLU: blue, PNK: pink, ORG: orange, GRN: green.
,
: Connector,
CONTROL BOX
2.
: Field wiring.
3. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attched installation manual.
4. Remote control model varies according to the combination system, confirm engineering materials and catalogs, etc. Before connecting
5. When connecting the input wires from outside, forced OFF or ON/OFF , control operation can be selected by remote control.
In details refer to the installation manual attached to the unit.
1.
Notes
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (5A, 250V)
Light emitting diodo.
(Servicel monitor green)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Motor (Drain pump)
Thermal protector (M1F Embedded)
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Coil-1)
Thermistor (Coil-2)
Float switch
Transformer (220V/22 V)
Phase control circuit
Terminal block
Terminal block
Electronic expansion valve
Noise filter (Ferrite core)
Wired remote control
Thermistor (Air)
Selector switch (Main/Sub)
Connector for optional parts
Connector (Adapter for wiring)
Connector (Wiring adapter for
electrical appendices)
3D045500C
WIRED REMOTE CONTROL
Note)3
Note)5
Input from
outside
transmission
wiring central
remote control
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
FXDQ20P / 25P / 32P
FXDQ20NA / 25NA / 32NA / 40NA / 50NA / 63NAVE (with Drain Pump)
209
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
FXDQ20 / 25M8V3
210
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
FXSQ20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50 / 63 / 80 / 100 / 125M8V3
Appendix
211
212
Selector switch
(Main/Sub)
Thermistor (Air)
Connector for optional parts
Connector (Wiring adapter for
electrical appendices)
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Coil)
Float switch
Transformer (220-240V/22 V)
Terminal block (Power)
Terminal block (Control)
Electronic expansion
valve
Optional parts
Motor (Drain pump)
Wired remote control
Note-5
POWER SUPPLY
Notes
1.
: Terminal block,
,
: Connector,
: Terminal.
2.
: Field wiring.
3. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached instruction manual.
4. When connecting the input wires from outside, forced OFF or ON/OFF , control operation can be selected by
remote control.In details refer to the installation manual attached to the unit.
5. In case of high E.S.P. operation, change over the wiring connection from X2A to X3A as shown upper figure.
6. Symbols show as follows: PNK: pink, WHT: white, YLW: yellow, ORG: orange, BLU: blue, BLK: Black,
RED: red, BRN: brown.
7. Use copper conductors only.
Indoor unit
Printed circuit board
Terminal board
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (훾, 5A, 250V)
40 • 50 • 63 • 80 Type
Fuse (훾, 10A, 250V)
100 • 125 Type
Light emitting diode.
(Servicel monitor green)
Magnetic relay (M1F)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Thermo switch
(M1F Embedded)
WIRED REMOTE CONTROL
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
3D039620B
Note-4
Input from outside
Note-3
transmission wiring central
remote control
ELECTRIC PARTS BOX
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
FXMQ40MA / 50MA / 63MA / 80MA / 100MA / 125MAVE
Appendix
Appendix
Light emitting diode (ON-RED)
Light emitting diode
(TIMER-GREEN)
INDOOR UNIT
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (훾, 5A, 250V)
Light emitting diode.
(Service monitor-green)
Magnetic relay (M1S)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Motor (Swing flap)
Thermo switch (M1F Embedded)
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Coil liquid)
Thermistor (Coil gas)
Limit switch (Swing flap)
Transformer (220-240V/22 V)
Terminal block (Power)
Terminal block (Control)
Electronic expansion valve
Phase control circuit
Optional parts
Motor (Drain pump)
Wired remote control
Thermistor (Air)
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Receiver/display unit (attached to
wireless remote control)
Printed circuit board
Printed circuit board
Push button (ON/OFF)
8.
7.
6.
4.
5.
2.
3.
: Terminal block,
: Connector,
POWER SUPPLY
: Short circuit connector
: Field wiring.
In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance
with the attached instruction manual.
X23A is connected when the wireless remote control kit is being used.
When connecting the input wires from outside, forced OFF or ON/OFF
control operation can be selected by remote control.In details refer to the
installation manual attached to the unit.
In case installing the drain pump, remove the short circuit connector of X8A
and execute the additional wiring for float switch and drain pump.
Symbols show as follows: PNK: pink, WHT: white, YLW: yellow,
ORG: orange,BLU: blue, BLK: Black, RED: red.
Use copper conductors only.
Notes
1.
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Selector switch
(Wireless adress set)
Connector for optional parts
Connector (Float switch)
Connector (Wiring adapter for
electrical appendices)
Connector (Wireless remote
control)
Light emitting diode
(Filter sign-red)
Light emitting diode
(Defrost-orange)
3D039801D
NOTE-5
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
NOTE-3
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL
WIRED REMOTE CONTROL
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
ELECTRIC PARTS BOX
NOTE-6
NOTE-4
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
(WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL)
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
FXHQ32MA / 63MA / 100MAVE
213
214
INDOOR UNIT
Connector (Group control adapter)
Selector switch (Main/sub)
(Wireless adress set)
Connector for optional parts
Connector (Float switch)
Wired remote control
Thermistor (Air)
6.
7.
8.
2.
3.
4.
5.
: Connector,
NOTE-8
NOTE-2
WIRED
REMOTE
CONTROL
NOTE-5
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
(WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL)
3D034206C
::
: Field wiring
: Connector
In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached instruction manual.
Symbols show as follows: PNK: pink, WHT: white, YLW: yellow, ORG: orange,BLU: blue, BLK: black, RED: red, GRN: green, BRN: brown.
Shows short circuit connector.
When connecting the input wires from outside, forced OFF or ON/OFF control operation can be selected by remote control.In details refer to the
installation manual attached to the unit.
Remote control model varies according to the combination system, confirm engineering data and catalogs etc. before connecting.
Confirm the method of setting the selector switch (SS1, SS2) of wired remote control and wireless remote control by installation manual and engineering data, etc.
X24A is connected when the wireless remote control kit is being used.
: Terminal block,
(INDOOR UNIT)
FRONT
CONTROL BOX
Notes
1.
SIDE
POWER SUPPLY
Selector switch
Selector switch (Main/sub)
(Defrost-orange)
Light emitting diode
(Filter sign-red)
Light emitting diode
(TIMER-GREEN)
Light emitting diode
Light emitting diode (ON-RED)
Push button (ON/OFF)
Printed circuit board
Printed circuit board
Receiver/display unit (attached to
wireless remote control)
Power circuit
Electronic expansion valve
Terminal block (Power)
Terminal block (Control)
Thermistor (Coil gas pipe)
Thermistor (Coil liquid pipe)
Thermistor (Air)
Motor (Swing flap)
Motor (Indoor fan)
(Service monitor-green)
Light emitting diode.
Fuse (훾, 3A, 250V)
Printed circuit board
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
FXAQ20MA / 25MA / 32MAVE / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
Appendix
Appendix
: Connector,
: Terminal
Terminal block (Control)
Electronic expansion valve
Wired remote control
Thermistor (Air)
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Connector for optional parts
Connector (Wiring adapter for
electrical appendices)
2.
: Field wiring
3. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in
accordance with the attached instruction manual.
4. When connecting the input wires from outside, forced OFF or
ON/OFF control operation can be selected by remote control.In
details refer to the installation manual attached to the unit.
5. Symbols show as follows: PNK: pink, WHT: white, YLW: yellow, ORG:
orange,BLU:blue, BLK: black, RED: red, BRN: brown.
6. Use copper conducters only.
Notes
1.
: Terminal block,
INDOOR UNIT
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (훾, 5A, 250V)
Light emitting diode.
(Service monitor-green)
Magnetic relay (M1F)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Thermo switch
(M1F Embedded)
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Coil)
Transformer (220-240V/22V)
Terminal block (Power)
POWER SUPPLY
WIRED REMOTE CONTROL
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
CONTROL BOX
NOTE-4
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL
3D039826D
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
FXLQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
FXNQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
215
216
Indoor unit
Wired remote control
Printed circuit board
Thermistor (Air)
Printed circuit board
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Transformer (220-240V/16V) Receiver/display unit (attached
to wireless remote control)
Capacitor (M1F)
Light emitting diode.
Printed circuit board
(Service monitor green)
Printed circuit board
Light emitting diode.
Push button (ON/OFF)
(Service monitor green)
Light emitting diode
Motor (Swing flap)
(On-red)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Light emitting diode.
Motor (Drain pump)
(Timer green)
Thermo switch (M1F Embedded)
Light emitting diode
Thermistor (Air)
(Filter sign-red)
Thermistor (Coil)
Light emitting diode
Magnetic relay (M1A)
(Defrost-orange)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Limit switch (Swing flap)
Selector switch
Float switch
(Wireless adress set)
Connection
for optional parts
Selector switch (Emergency)
Phase control circuit
Connector (Wireless remote control)
Terminal strip
Connector (Interface
Terminal strip
adapter for sky air series)
Signal receiver
Connector (Group control adapter)
Signal transmission circuit
INDOOR UNIT
: Terminal
: Connector
2.
: Field wiring.
3. The BEV unit shows an outline. Please refer to a wiring diagram of BEV unit
pasting in detail.
4. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the
attached instruction manual.
5. X24A is connected when the wireless remote control kit is being used.
6. Remote control model varies according to the combination system, confirm engineering materials and catalogs etc. before connecting.
7. Confirm the method of setting the selector switch (SS1, SS2) of wired remote control and wireless remote control by installation manual and
engineering data, etc.
8. Symbols show as follows: WHT: white, YLW: yellow, GRN green, BLU: blue, BLK: Black, RED: red.
1.
Notes
Note)3
BEV UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
3D044973A
CONTROL BOX
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROL
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-703
FXUQ71MA / 100MA / 125MAV1
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Wiring Diagrams
BEVQ71MA / 100MA / 125MAVE
BEV UNIT
Printed circuit board ASSY
Power supply Printed circuit board
ASSY (220-240V/16V)
Fuse (훾, 10A, 250V
Light emitting diode.
(Service monitor green)
Thermistor (Gas)
Selector switch (M/S)
Terminal strip (Power)
Terminal strip (Transmission)
Electronic expansion valve
POWER SUPPLY
TO INDOOR
UNIT
Noise filter
Notes
: Connector,
1.
: Terminal block,
2.
: Field wiring.
TO OUTDOOR
3. This wiring diagram only shows the BEV unit.
UNIT
See the wiring diagrams and installation manuals for the wiring and settings for the indoor, outdoor, and BS units.
4. See the indoor unit’s wiring diagram when installing optional parts for the indoor unit.
5. Only one indoor unit may be connected to the BEV unit.
6. Always use the sky air connection adapter for the indoor unit when using a central control unit. Refer to the manual attached the
unit when connecting.
7. Cool/Heat changeover of indoor units connected to BEV cannot be carried out unless they are connected to BS unit.
In case of a system with BEV unit only, cool/heat selector is required.
8. Set the SS1 to “M” only for the BEV unit connected to the indoor unit which is to have cool/heat switching capability, when
connecting the BS unit.
The “M/S” on the SS1 stands for “ main/sub”.
This is set to “S” when shipped from the factory.
9. Connect the attached thermistor to the R3T.
10. Symbols show as follows. (BLU: blue, RED: red, WHT: white, BLK: black
3D044901B
Appendix
217
Option List
SiENBE34-703
3. Option List
3.1
Option List of Controllers
Operation Control System Optional Accessories
No.
Type
Item
Wireless
H/P
FXCQ-M8
FXFQ-P7
FXZQ-M8 FXKQ-MA
BRC7C62
BRC7E61W
BRC7E61W
BRC4C61
FXDQFXUQ-MA FXSQ-M8
NA • M • P
BRC4C62
BRC7C528W
FXMQ-MA FXHQ-MA FXAQ-MA
BRC4C62
BRC7E63W
BRC7E618
FXLQ-MA
FXNQ-MA
BRC4C62
1
remote
control
2
Wired remote control with
weekly schedule timer
3
Simplified remote control
—
Note 8
BRC2C51
—
Note 8
BRC2C51
—
Note 8
BRC2C51
4
remote control for hotel
use
—
BRC3A61
—
BRC3A61
—
BRC3A61
5
Wired
BRC1C62
BRC1D61
adapter for wiring
∗ KRP1B61
6-1
Wiring adapter for
electrical appendices (1)
∗ KRP2A61
∗ KRP1B59
KRP1B61
∗ KRP1B56
—
KRP1B61
KRP1C3
—
KRP1B61
∗ KRP2A62
6-2
Wiring adapter for
electrical appendices (2)
∗ KRP4A51
7
Remote sensor
KRCS01-1
—
8
Installation box for
adapter PCB
Note 2, 3
KRP1B96
Note 2, 3
KRP1D98
9
Central remote control
∗ KRP1B57
KRP2A61
∗ KRP2A53
∗ KRP2A62
KRP2A61
∗ KRP2A62
∗ KRP2A61
KRP2A61
∗ KRP4A53
KRP4A51
∗ KRP4A54
∗ KRP4A53
KRP4A51
∗ KRP4A52
∗ KRP4A51
KRP4A51
Note 3
KRP1C93
Note 2, 3
KRP4A93
—
KRCS01-1
Note 4, 6
KRP1B101
—
Note 4, 6
KRP1B101
KRP1B97
Electrical box with earth
terminal (3 blocks)
KJB311A
10
Unified ON/OFF controller
DCS301BA61
10-1
Electrical box with earth
terminal (2 blocks)
KJB212A
10-2
Noise filter (for
electromagnetic interface
use only)
KEK26-1
Schedule timer
12
External control adapter
for outdoor unit (Must be
installed on indoor units)
13
Interface adapter for
SkyAir-series
—
DCS302CA61
9-1
11
Note 5
KRP4A91
DST301BA61
∗
DTA104A61
∗
DTA104A62
—
—
DTA104A61 ∗DTA104A53
—
—
—
Note 7
DTA102A52
DTA104A61
—
—
∗
∗
DTA104A62 DTA104A61 DTA104A61
—
—
—
Note:
1. Installation box (No.8) is necessary for each adapter marked H.
2. Up to 2 adapters can be fixed for each installation box.
3. Only one installation box can be installed for each indoor unit.
4. Up to 2 installation boxes can be installed for each indoor unit.
5. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for second adapter.
6. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for each adapter.
7. This adapter is required when connecting with optional controller for centralized control.
8. BRC2A51 is also available.
Various PC Boards
No.
Part name
1
adapter for wiring
2
DIII-NET Expander adapter
Model No.
KRP1B56
KRP1B57
KRP1B59
KRP1B61
KRP1C3
DTA109A51
Function
! PC board when equipped with auxiliary electric heater in the indoor unit.
! Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
! Wiring restrictions (max. length: 1000m, total wiring length: 2000m, max. number of
branches: 16) apply to each adapter.
System Configuration
No.
Part name
Model No.
1
Central remote control
DCS302CA61
2
Unified ON/OFF controller
DCS301BA61
3
Schedule timer
DST301BA61
5
6
Unification adapter for computerized
control
Interface adapter for SkyAir-series
Central control adapter kit
7
Wiring adapter for other air-conditioner
8
DIII-NET
Expander adapter
9
Mounting plate
4
Function
! Up to 64 groups of indoor units (128 units)can be connected, and ON/OFF, temperature
setting and monitoring can be accomplished individually or simultaneously. Connectable up
to “2” controllers in one system.
! Up to 16 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be turned, ON/OFF individually or
simultaneously, and operation and malfunction can be displayed. Can be used in
combination with up to 8 controllers.
! Programmed time weekly schedule can be controlled by unified control for up to 64 groups
of indoor units (128 units). Can turn units ON/OFF twice per day.
HDCS302A52
! Interface between the central monitoring board and central control units
HDTA102A52
HDTA107A55
! adapters required to connect products other than those of the VRV System to the highspeed DIII-NET communication system adopted for the VRV System.
! To use any of the above optional controllers, an appropriate adapter must be installed on
the product unit to be controlled.
! Up to 1,024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
! Wiring restrictions (max. length : 1,000m, total wiring length : 2,000m, max. number of
branches : 16) apply to each adapter.
! Fixing plate for DTA109A51
HDTA103A51
DTA109A51
KRP4A92
Note:
Installation box for H adapter must be procured on site.
218
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Option List
Building management system
1
1-1
1-2
Part name
intelligent Touch
Controller
No.
basic
Option
2
8
9-1
9-2
Contact/Analog signal
5
7
P.P.D.
DCS002C51
• P.P.D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DCS004A51
• Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
and Web browser application on a PC.
13
KJB411A
128 units
DAM602B52
256 units
DAM602B51
512 units
DAM602B51x2
768 units
DAM602B51x3
• Wall embedded switch box.
Air conditioner management system (featuring minimized engineering)
that can be controlled by personal computers.
DAM002A51
• P.P.D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
ECO.
DAM003A51
Software for energy-saving control.
Optional DIII Ai unit
DAM101A51
Analog input for "sliding temperature" function (to reduce cold shock) for
intelligent Manager EC021.
H2 Interface for use in BACnet®
DMS502B51
Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through BACnet®
communications.
Optional DIII board
DAM411B1
Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 3 more DIII-NET
communication ports. Not usable independently.
Optional Di board
DAM412B1
Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 16 more wattmeter
pulse input points. Not usable independently.
H3 Interface for use in LONWORKS®
DMS504B51
Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
LONWORKS® communication.
Parallel
interface
Communication
Line
4
6
• Additional 64 groups (10 outdoor units) is possible.
P.P.D.
2-2
3-2
DCS601A52
1024 units DAM602B51x4
Option
3-1
DIII-NET
Hardware plus
adapter
Number of units to be
connected
2-1
3
• Air-Conditioning management system that can be controlled by a
compact all-in-one unit.
Electrical box with earth terminal (4blocks)
intelligent
Manager III
1-4
Function
DCS601C51
Software
1-3
Model No.
intelligent
Hardware Touch
Controller
Software
Basic unit
DPF201A51
Enables ON/OFF command, operation and display of malfunction; can be used
in combination with up to 4 units.
Temperature
measurement units
DPF201A52
Enables temperature measurement output for 4 groups; 0-5VDC.
Temperature setting units
DPF201A53
Enables temperature setting input for 16 groups; 0-5VDC.
Unification adapter for computerized
control
DCS302A52
Wiring adapter for electrical
appendices (1)
KRP2A53, 61, 62
Wiring adapter for electrical
appendices (2)
KRP4A51-54
External control adapter for outdoor
unit (Must be installed on indoor units.)
DTA104A53, 61,
62
Interface between the central monitoring board and central control units
Simultaneously controls air-conditioning control computer and up to 64 groups of
indoor units.
To control the group of indoor units collectively, which are connected by the
transmission wiring of remote control.
Cooling/Heating mode change over. Demand control and Low noise control are
available between the plural outdoor units.
Notes:
1. PPD does not support Connection Unit Series.
2. BACnet® is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
H
3. LONWORKS® is a registered trade mark of Echelon Corporation.
H
H
Please refer to Option Handbook etc. for detail.
Appendix
219
Option List
3.2
SiENBE34-703
Option List of Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P
Optional accessories
Cool/Heat Selector
Distributive
Piping
Fixing box
Refnet header
Refnet joint
RXYSQ4P7Y1B
RXYSQ5P7Y1B
RXYSQ6P7Y1B
KRC19-26A
KJB111A
KHRP26M22H, KHRP26M33H
(MAX. 4 branch) (MAX. 8 branch)
KHRP26M22T
Central drain plug
KKPJ5F180
Fixture for preventing overturning
KPT-60B160
Wire fixture for preventing overturning
K-KYZP15C
C: 3D045727B
220
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Appendix
Option List
221
Example of Connection
SiENBE34-703
4. Example of Connection
Branch with refnet joint
Example of connection
(Connection of 8 indoor units
Heat pump system)
REFNET joint (A-G
Outdoor unit
a
b
A
h
1
c
d
B
C
i
j
2
e
D
k
3
F
l
4
g
f
E
5
H1
P
G
m
n
6
7 H2
8
Indoor units (1-8)
Maximum
allowable
length
Allowable
height
length
Actual pipe length
Pipe length between outdoor and indoor un
Example unit 8: a + b + c + d + e + f + g + p ≤ 150m
Actual pipe length
Equivalent pipe length between outdoor and indoor
Difference in height
Total piping length from outdoor unit to all in
Between outdoor and indoor units
Difference in height
Difference in height between outdoor and in
Between indoor and indoor units
Equivalent length
Difference in height between adjacent indoo
Between outdoor and indoor units
Allowable length after the branch
Total extension length
Pipe length from first refrigerant branch kit (
Example unit 8: b + c + d + e + f + g + p ≤ 40m
Use refnet joint from the following table.
Refrigerant branch kit selection
KHRP2
RXYSQ4,5, 6 type
Pipe size selection
Caution on selecting connection pipes
• When the equivalent piping length between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit is
90 m or more, make sure to use a thicker pipe as the main pipe on the gas
side.When the air-conditioning ability is reduced due to the refrigerant piping
distance, a thicker pipe may be used also as the main pipe.
[Gas side]
RXYSQ4,5 type ø15.9 ø 19.1
RXYSQ6 type ø19.1 ø 22.2
Piping between outdoor unit and refrigerant branch kit
• Match to the size of the connection piping on the outdoor un
Outdoor unit connection pipe size
Outdoor unit
capacity type
RXYSQ4,5
type
The first refrigerant
branching kit
Outdoor unit
Ref
Outdoor unit capacity type
Refrigerant branch kits can only be
used with R-410A.
RXYSQ6
type
Main pipe
Enlarge
(Unit: m
Piping size
(outer diameter × minimum thickne
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
ø15.9 × 1.0
ø19.1 × 1.0 *
f 9.5 × 0.8
ø19.1 × 1.0
ø22.2 × 1.0 *
* When the size is lar
Indoor unit
Caution) In brazing connection in the size increase area in the piping, use a
different-diameter joint for connection. (The different-diameter joint should be
arranged in the local field.)The connection area is located near the outdoor unit
(usually after the first bending outside the unit).
How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged
Additional refrigerant to be charged R (Kg)
R should be rounded off in units of 0.1Kg.
222
R=
Total length (m)
of liquid piping
size at ø9.5
×0.054 +
Total length (m)
of liquid piping
size at ø6.4
Appendix
×0.022
SiENBE34-703
fnet joint
Example of Connection
Branch with refnet joint and refnet header
EFNET joint (A-G)
Outdoor unit
REFNET joint (A • B)
F
H1
P
G
m
n
6
H1
Refnet header
c
7 H2
Outdoor unit
i
a
g
Branch with refnet header
1
8
a
A
B
b
j
k
7
d
e
2
(1-8)
g
f
3
4
Refnet header
8
h
5
H1
H2
b
c
1
6
d
2
Indoor units (1-8)
e
3
g
f
4
5
6
8
Indoor units (1-8)
oor and indoor units ≤ 150m
f + g + p ≤ 150m
Example unit 6: a + b + h ≤ 120m, unit 8: a + i + k ≤ 150m
i
h
7 H2
Example unit 8: a + i ≤ 150m
outdoor and indoor units ≤ 175m (assume equivalent pipe length of refnet joint to be 0.5m, that of refnet header to be 1m, calculation purposes)
tdoor unit to all indoor units ≥10m, ≤ 300m
en outdoor and indoor units (H1) ≤ 50m
(Max 40m if the outdoor unit is below)
en adjacent indoor units (H2) ≤ 15m
erant branch kit (either refnet joint or refnet header ) to indoor unit ≤ 40m
f + g + p ≤ 40m
Example unit 6: b + h ≤ 40m, unit 8:i + k ≤ 40m
ollowing table.
Refrigerant branch kit name
type
KHRP26M22T
Example unit 8: i ≤ 40m
How to select the refnet header
• Choose from the following table below the REFNET header according
to the number of units on the system.
Outdoor unit capacity type
RXYSQ4, 5, 6 type
gerant branch kit
piping on the outdoor unit.
Piping between refrigerant branch kits
• Use the pipe size from the following table.
e
Connection pipe size
(Unit: mm)
Piping size
er × minimum thickness)
Liquid pipe
0
0*
f 9.5 × 0.8
0
0*
hen the size is larger
otal length (m)
liquid piping
ze at ø6.4
(Unit: mm)
Piping size (outer diameter × minimum thickness)
Gas pipe
ø 15.9 × 1.0
Liquid pipe
ø 9.5 × 0.8
Refrigerant branch kit name
KHRP26M22H (Max. 4 branch)
KHRP26M33H (Max. 8 branch)
Between refrigerant branch kit and indoor unit
• Pipe size for direct connection to indoor unit must be the
same as the connection size of indoor unit.
Indoor unit connection pipe size
(Unit: mm)
Piping size
Indoor unit
(outer diameter × minimum thickness)
capacity type
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
20 · 25 · 32 ·
40 · 50 type
ø12.7 × 0.8
ø6.4 × 0.8
63 · 80 · 100 ·
125 type
ø15.9 × 1.0
ø9.5 × 0.8
Example for refrigerant branch using refnet joint and refnet header
×0.022
The piping lengths
are as at right
a: 9.5 × 30m
b: 9.5 × 10m
c: 09.5 × 10m
R= 73 0.054 + 69 0.022 = 5.46
a+b+c+d+i e+f+g+h+j+k
Appendix
d: 9.5 × 13m
e: 6.4 × 10m
f : 6.4 × 10m
g: 16.4 × 10m
h: 16.4 × 20m
i : 9.5 × 10m
j : 16.4 × 10m
k: 16.4 × 19m
5.5
223
Example of Connection
224
SiENBE34-703
Appendix
SiBE34-703
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
5. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature
Characteristics
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit for fin thermistor
Appendix
R1T
TºC
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0.0
88.0
79.1
71.1
0
2
4
6
8
64.1
57.8
52.3
47.3
42.9
10
12
14
16
18
38.9
35.3
32.1
29.2
26.6
20
22
24
26
28
24.3
22.2
20.3
18.5
17.0
30
32
34
36
38
15.6
14.2
13.1
12.0
11.1
40
42
44
46
48
10.3
9.5
8.8
8.2
7.6
50
52
54
56
58
7.0
6.7
6.0
5.5
5.2
60
62
64
66
68
4.79
4.46
4.15
3.87
3.61
70
72
74
76
78
3.37
3.15
2.94
2.75
2.51
80
82
84
86
88
2.41
2.26
2.12
1.99
1.87
90
92
94
96
98
1.76
1.65
1.55
1.46
1.38
For air suction
For liquid pipe
For gas pipe
R1T
R2T
R3T
Outdoor unit For outdoor air
For suction pipe 1
For heat exchanger
For suction pipe 2
For Subcooling heat exchanger outlet
For Liquid pipe
T°C
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
0.0
197.81
186.53
175.97
166.07
156.80
148.10
139.94
132.28
125.09
118.34
111.99
106.03
100.41
95.14
90.17
85.49
81.08
76.93
73.01
69.32
65.84
62.54
59.43
56.49
53.71
51.09
48.61
46.26
44.05
41.95
39.96
38.08
36.30
34.62
33.02
31.50
30.06
28.70
27.41
26.18
25.01
23.91
22.85
21.85
20.90
20.00
19.14
18.32
17.54
16.80
16.10
0.5
192.08
181.16
170.94
161.36
152.38
143.96
136.05
128.63
121.66
115.12
108.96
103.18
97.73
92.61
87.79
83.25
78.97
74.94
71.14
67.56
64.17
60.96
57.94
55.08
52.38
49.83
47.42
45.14
42.98
40.94
39.01
37.18
35.45
33.81
32.25
30.77
29.37
28.05
26.78
25.59
24.45
23.37
22.35
21.37
20.45
19.56
18.73
17.93
17.17
16.45
15.76
T°C
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
0.0
16.10
15.43
14.79
14.18
13.59
13.04
12.51
12.01
11.52
11.06
10.63
10.21
9.81
9.42
9.06
8.71
8.37
8.05
7.75
7.46
7.18
6.91
6.65
6.41
6.65
6.41
6.18
5.95
5.74
5.14
4.96
4.79
4.62
4.46
4.30
4.16
4.01
3.88
3.75
3.62
3.50
3.38
3.27
3.16
3.06
2.96
2.86
2.77
2.68
2.60
2.51
R1T
R3T
R4T
R5T
R6T
R7T
(kΩ)
0.5
15.76
15.10
14.48
13.88
13.31
12.77
12.25
11.76
11.29
10.84
10.41
10.00
9.61
9.24
8.88
8.54
8.21
7.90
7.60
7.31
7.04
6.78
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.06
5.84
5.43
5.05
4.87
4.70
4.54
4.38
4.23
4.08
3.94
3.81
3.68
3.56
3.44
3.32
3.21
3.11
3.01
2.91
2.82
2.72
2.64
2.55
2.47
225
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
SiBE34-703
Outdoor Unit
Thermistors for
Discharge Pipe
(R2T)
T°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
226
0.0
640.44
609.31
579.96
552.00
525.63
500.66
477.01
454.60
433.37
413.24
394.16
376.05
358.88
342.58
327.10
312.41
298.45
285.18
272.58
260.60
249.00
238.36
228.05
218.24
208.90
200.00
191.53
183.46
175.77
168.44
161.45
154.79
148.43
142.37
136.59
131.06
125.79
120.76
115.95
111.35
106.96
102.76
98.75
94.92
91.25
87.74
84.38
81.16
78.09
75.14
72.32
0.5
624.65
594.43
565.78
538.63
512.97
488.67
465.65
443.84
423.17
403.57
384.98
367.35
350.62
334.74
319.66
305.33
291.73
278.80
266.51
254.72
243.61
233.14
223.08
213.51
204.39
195.71
187.44
179.57
172.06
164.90
158.08
151.57
145.37
139.44
133.79
128.39
123.24
118.32
113.62
109.13
104.84
100.73
96.81
93.06
89.47
86.04
82.75
79.61
76.60
73.71
70.96
T°C
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
0.0
72.32
69.64
67.06
64.60
62.24
59.97
57.80
55.72
53.72
51.98
49.96
48.19
46.49
44.86
43.30
41.79
40.35
38.96
37.63
36.34
35.11
33.92
32.78
31.69
30.63
29.61
28.64
27.69
26.79
25.91
25.07
24.26
23.48
22.73
22.01
21.31
20.63
19.98
19.36
18.75
18.17
17.61
17.07
16.54
16.04
15.55
15.08
14.62
14.18
13.76
13.35
0.5
70.96
68.34
65.82
63.41
61.09
58.87
56.75
54.70
52.84
50.96
49.06
47.33
45.67
44.07
42.54
41.06
39.65
38.29
36.98
35.72
34.51
33.35
32.23
31.15
30.12
29.12
28.16
27.24
26.35
25.49
24.66
23.87
23.10
22.36
21.65
20.97
20.31
19.67
19.05
18.46
17.89
17.34
16.80
16.29
15.79
15.31
14.85
14.40
13.97
13.55
13.15
T°C
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
0.0
13.35
12.95
12.57
12.20
11.84
11.49
11.15
10.83
10.52
10.21
9.92
9.64
9.36
9.10
8.84
8.59
8.35
8.12
7.89
7.68
7.47
7.26
7.06
6.87
6.69
6.51
6.33
6.16
6.00
5.84
5.69
5.54
5.39
5.25
5.12
4.98
4.86
4.73
4.61
4.49
4.38
4.27
4.16
4.06
3.96
3.86
3.76
3.67
3.58
3.49
3.41
(kΩ)
0.5
13.15
12.76
12.38
12.01
11.66
11.32
10.99
10.67
10.36
10.06
9.78
9.50
9.23
8.97
8.71
8.47
8.23
8.01
7.78
7.57
7.36
7.16
6.97
6.78
6.59
6.42
6.25
6.08
5.92
5.76
5.61
5.46
5.32
5.18
5.05
4.92
4.79
4.67
4.55
4.44
4.32
4.22
4.11
4.01
3.91
3.81
3.72
3.62
3.54
3.45
3.37
Appendix
SiBE34-703
Pressure Sensor
6. Pressure Sensor
Detected Pressure
PH = 1.38V-0.69
PL = 0.57V-0.28
PH : High pressure (MPa)
VL : Low pressure (MPa)
V : Voltage (V)
PH : Detected Pressure [High Side] MPa
PL : Detected Pressure [Low Side] MPa
VH : Output Voltage [High Side] VDC
VL : Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC
High Pressure (PH)
Low Pressure (PL)
Output Voltage (VH, VL)
(V3053)
Appendix
227
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules
SiBE34-703
7. Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power
Transistors Modules
Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PC board
Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PC board by the use of a multiple
tester.
<Items to be prepared>
1 Multiple tester : Prepare the digital type of multiple tester with diode check function.
<Preparation>
1 Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement
of resistance.
1 To make measurement, disconnect all connectors and terminals.
Inverter PC board
W
V
U
C+
C-
228
Appendix
SiBE34-703
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules
Power module checking
When using the digital type of multiple tester, make measurement in diode check mode.
Tester terminal
+
-
C+
U
V
Criterion
Remark
Not less than 0.3V
(including ∞)*
It may take time to
determine the voltage
due to capacitor
charge or else.
W
U
C-
Not less than 0.3V
(including ∞)*
C+
0.3 to 0.7V
(including ∞)*
U
0.3 to 0.7V
(including ∞)*
V
W
U
V
W
C-
V
W
*There needs to be none of each value variation.
The following abnormalities are also doubted besides the PC board abnormality.
1 Faulty compressor (ground fault, ground leakage)
1 Faulty fan motor (ground leakage)
Appendix
229
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules
230
SiBE34-703
Appendix
SiENBE34-703
Part 9
Precautions for New
Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................232
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................232
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................234
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................235
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
231
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.1
Outline
1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A
! Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A
1. Performance
Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C
2. Pressure
Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C.
3. Refrigerant composition
Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant.
Refrigerant name
Composing
substances
Design pressure
Refrigerant oil
Ozone destruction
factor (ODP)
Combustibility
Toxicity
HFC units (Units using new refrigerants)
R-407C
R-410A
Non-azeotropic mixture Quasi-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32, HFC125 and of HFC32 and JFC125
HFC134a (*1)
(*1)
3.2 MPa (gauge pressure) 4.0 MPa (gauge pressure)
= 32.6 kgf/cm2
= 40.8 kgf/cm2
HCFC units
R-22
Single-component
refrigerant
2.75MPa (gauge pressure)
= 28.0 kgf/cm2
Synthetic oil (Ether)
Mineral oil (Suniso)
0
0
0.05
None
None
None
None
None
None
H1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different
boiling points.
H2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar
boiling points.
H3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for
each product.
(Reference) 1 MPa 10.19716 kgf / cm2
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%)
232
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
! Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A
Temperature
(°C)
Steam pressure
(kPa)
Liquid
Vapor
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Density
(kg/m3 )
Liquid
Vapor
Specific heat at constant
pressure (kJ/kgK)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific enthalpy
(kJ/kg)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific entropy
(kJ/KgK)
Liquid
Vapor
233
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.2
SiENBE34-703
Refrigerant Cylinders
! Cylinder specifications
2 The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink).
2 The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube.
Siphon tube
Cylinder
Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in
upright position.
Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since
it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system.
! Handling of cylinders
(1) Laws and regulations
R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in
handling them. Before using, refer to the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law.
The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents
with high-pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations.
(2) Handing of vessels
Since R-410A is high-pressure gas, it is contained in high-pressure vessels.
Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that
can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll
them on the ground.
(3) Storage
Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark
place in the same way as any other high-pressure gases.
It should also be noted that high-pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that
releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible plug
melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve operates).
234
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
1.3
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Service Tools
R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants
(R-22,R-407C). Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to
Ether oil, and if oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other
problems. Therefore, gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous
refrigerant (R-22,R-407C) can not be used for products that use new refrigerants.
Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices.
! Tool compatibility
Tool
Compatibility
HFC
HCFC
R-410A
R-407C
R-22
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
5
Charging cylinder
Gas detector
Vacuum pump
(pump with reverse flow
preventive function)
Weighting instrument
"
5
5
"
"
2Do not use the same tools for R-22
and R-410A.
2Thread specification differs for
R-410A and R-407C.
2Weighting instrument used for HFCs.
2The same tool can be used for HFCs.
2To use existing pump for HFCs,
vacuum pump adapter must be
installed.
"
Charge mouthpiece
5
Flaring tool (Clutch type)
Torque wrench
Pipe cutter
Pipe expander
Pipe bender
"
"
"
"
"
Pipe assembling oil
5
Refrigerant recovery
device
Check your recovery device.
Refrigerant piping
Reasons for change
See the chart below.
2Seal material is different between
R-22 and HFCs.
2Thread specification is different
between R-410A and others.
2For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary.
2Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8
2Due to refrigerating machine oil
change. (No Suniso oil can be used.)
2Only φ19.1 is changed to 1/2H material
while the previous material is "O".
As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of
charge hose.
! Copper tube material and thickness
Pipe size
ø6.4
ø9.5
ø12.7
ø15.9
ø19.1
ø22.2
ø25.4
ø28.6
ø31.8
ø38.1
ø44.5
Material
O
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
R-407C
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Material
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
R-410A
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.6
* O: Soft (Annealed)
H: Hard (Drawn)
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
235
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
1. Flaring tool
Flare gauge
! Specifications
2 Dimension A
Unit:mm
Nominal size
A +0
-0.4
Tube O.D.
Do
Class-2 (R-410A)
Class-1 (Conventional)
6.35
9.1
9.0
3/8
9.52
13.2
13.0
1/2
12.70
16.6
16.2
5/8
15.88
19.7
19.4
3/4
19.05
24.0
23.3
1/4
! Differences
2 Change of dimension A
Dimension A
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed.
(change of work process)
Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air
conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5mm.
(For clutch type only)
Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used.
236
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
2. Torque wrench
! Specifications
2 Dimension B
Nominal size
1/2
5/8
Unit:mm
Class-1
24
27
Class-2
26
29
Previous
24
27
No change in tightening torque
No change in pipes of other sizes
! Differences
2 Change of dimension B
Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Dimension B
3. Vacuum pump with check valve
Vacuum pump adapter
Reverse flow preventive
vacuum adapter
! Specifications
2 Discharge speed
50 l/min (50Hz)
60 l/min (60Hz)
2 Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare)
UNF1/2-20(5/16 Flare) with adapter
) Maximum degree of vacuum
Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep
the vacuum degree of the system in excess of
–100.7 kPa (5 torr – 755 mmHg).
! Differences
2 Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow
2 Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
237
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
4. Leak tester
! Specifications
2 Hydrogen detecting type, etc.
2 Applicable refrigerants
R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc.
! Differences
2 Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects
hydrogen.
5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal)
! Specifications
2 Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle.
2 Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time.
! Differences
2 Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units.
6. Gauge manifold for R-410A
! Specifications
2 High pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2)
2 Low pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2)
2 1/4" → 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 No oil is used in pressure test of gauges.
→ For prevention of contamination
238
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
2 Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas
saturated state.
! Differences
2 Change in pressure
2 Change in service port diameter
7. Charge hose for R-410A
(Hose with ball valve)
!
2
2
2
Specifications
Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2)
Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2)
Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow.
!
2
2
2
Differences
Pressure proof hose
Change in service port diameter
Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance
8. Charging cylinder
Can not be used
! Specifications
2 Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder.
! Differences
2 The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during
charging.
When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is
generated inside charging cylinder.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
239
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
9. Weigher for refrigerant charge
! Specifications
2 High accuracy
TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = ± 2g
TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = ± 5g
2 Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging.
2 A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard
accessories.
! Differences
2 Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging.
10. Charge mouthpiece
! Specifications
2 For R-410A, 1/4"→ 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 Material is changed from CR to H-NBR.
! Differences
2 Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use)
2 Change of sealer material for the HFCs use.
240
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-703
Part 10
Removal Procedure
1. RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B .......................................................................240
1.1 Procedure to Remove Outside Panels .................................................240
1.2 Procedure to Remove Propeller Fan and Fan Motor ...........................243
1.3 Procedure to Remove Compressor......................................................245
Removal Procedure
241
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
SiENBE34-703
1. RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
1.1
Procedure to Remove Outside Panels
Procedure
Remove eight screws of
the top panel.
2
Remove one screw of
the front panel (2), and
then remove the panel
after pushing it
downward to release
the hook.
3
To remove the front
panel for piping cover,
remove its one screw.
4
To remove the side
panel for piping cover,
remove four screws of
the side panel.
5
Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or
more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off.
Procedure
Step
1
Warning
Points
! It is possible to remove only
the front panel without
removing the top panel.
Top panel
Ambient air
temperature
thermistor
Front panel
(2)
To remove the side
panel, remove its six
screws after removing
the ambient air
temperature thermistor.
Front panel for
piping cover
Hook
Side panel
Side panel for
piping cover
242
Removal Procedure
SiENBE34-703
Procedure
Step
6
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
Remove the discharge
grill after removing its
four screws and
releasing its four hooks.
Front panel (1)
Points
Hook
Discharge grill
! On the rear side of the front
panel (1), a reinforce plate is
attached. Be careful not to
lose it while removing the
front panel (1).
7
Remove the front panel
(1) after removing its
seven screws and
pushing it upward.
Reinforce plate
Removal Procedure
243
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
Procedure
Step
8
Removing heat
exchanger cover
Remove the heat
exchanger cover after
releasing its three
hooks with a minus
driver.
9
Remove the ambient air
temperature thermistor
after pulling it to the
near side and sliding to
the right.
10
The figure in the right is
of rear side view.
244
SiENBE34-703
Points
Ambient air
temperature
thermistor
(RIT)
Removal Procedure
SiENBE34-703
1.2
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
Procedure to Remove Propeller Fan and Fan Motor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or
more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off.
Procedure
Step
Front panel (1)
Points
Preliminary preparation
! Remove the discharge grill,
front panel and front panel
for piping cover, according to
the "Procedure to Remove
Outside Panels".
Discharge
grill
1
Remove the nuts with a
washer, which fixing the
propeller fan.
Propeller fan
Nut with a washer
Removal Procedure
245
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
SiENBE34-703
Procedure
Step
Points
Lead wire for
fan motor
2
Remove the clamp
material.
3
Remove the four fixing
screws for fan motor
and then remove the
fan motor.
Earth wire
Fan
motor
! Pull off the connector while
supporting its body and
pushing the engaging click,
without pulling its lead wires.
! Caution on mounting the
motor
If the motor lead wires are
not fixed by using the clamp
material, it may always
damage the lead wire
because the lead wires
twined around the fan.
Clamp material
Lead wire
Propeller fan
! When mounting the propeller
fan, make the D cut
correspond to the hole of the
fan.
D cut
Mount the fan motor with its mark ")"
positioned toward the bottom.
246
Removal Procedure
SiENBE34-703
1.3
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
Procedure to Remove Compressor
Procedure
Warning
Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or
more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off.
Procedure
Step
! Remove the outside
panels, electrical
component, and
compressor fixing panel,
according to the
"Procedure to Remove
Outside Panels"
Points
Sound insulation for the terminal cover
1. Pull off the lead wire of
compressor.
1 Open upward the sound
insulation for the
terminal cover.
2 Remove the terminal
cover with a minus
driver, etc.
Terminal cover
3
Remove the terminals
for the compressor with
a round nose chain
pliers with side cutters,
etc.
Blue color: N
White color: Blank
Red color: S
Lead wire to the compressor
Removal Procedure
247
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
SiENBE34-703
Procedure
Step
4
Remove the sound
insulation for the
compressor.
5
Remove the crankcase
heater under the
compressor.
Points
Pull the spring to trip the catch.
6
248
Remove the three fixing
bolts of the compressor.
! You can see the far side
fixing bolts when the bottom
discharge grill is removed.
Remove the bolt (s) in view
first.
Removal Procedure
SiENBE34-703
Step
! Make sure that there is no
refrigerant gas left within
the refrigerant circuit
system before performing
the operation
7 Cut off the suction pipe,
discharge pipe and
unloader pipe of
compressor with a pipe
cutter (three places).
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
Procedure
Points
! The cutting part is in the
compressor side relative to
the brazing part.
! Preliminarily cut off with a
gas welder, a part of the
piping from the end side to
the soldered portion, which
have remained after being
cut using a pipe cutter,
before replacing with a new
compressor.
Suction
pipe portion
Compressor
Unloader
piping portion
Warning
Refrigerant oil in the compressor
may catch fire, so prepare wet
cloth so as to extinguish a fire
rapidly.
Warning
If refrigerant gas leaks during
operation, ventilate the room.
(The exposure of refrigerant gas
to a fire causes generates toxic
gas.)
Caution
Do not suffer burns due to
contact with piping etc. heated
by a gas welder.
Discharge pipe portion
Removal Procedure
249
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6 P7Y1B
250
SiENBE34-703
Removal Procedure
SiENBE34-703
Index
A
A0 .........................................................................122
A1 .........................................................................123
A3 .........................................................................124
A6 .........................................................................126
A7 .........................................................................127
A9 .........................................................................129
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............147
About Refrigerant R-410A ....................................232
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................139
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................141
Address Duplication of Central Remote Control ..176
Address Duplication, Improper Setting .................186
AF .........................................................................131
AJ .........................................................................132
Applicable Range of Field Setting ..........................75
Applicable range of Field setting ............................75
Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset .................77
C
C4 .........................................................................133
C5 .........................................................................134
C9 .........................................................................135
CA ........................................................................136
Centralized Control Group No. Setting ...................80
Check for causes of drop in low pressure ............194
Check for causes of rise in high pressure ............193
Check Operation ....................................................67
Check Operation not Executed ............................168
CJ .........................................................................137
Compressor PI Control ...........................................42
Contents of Control Modes ....................................82
Cool / Heat Mode Switching ...................................93
Cooling Operation Fan Control ..............................44
D
Defrosting Operation ..............................................48
Demand Operation .................................................56
Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ..................76
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control”
Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ......................192
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control”
Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) ........................189
Drain Level above Limit ........................................131
Drain Pump Control ................................................57
E
E1 .........................................................................138
E3 .........................................................................139
E4 .........................................................................141
E5 .........................................................................143
E7 .........................................................................144
E9 .........................................................................145
Electrical and Functional Parts
Outdoor Unit ....................................................34
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control ...................43
Error of External Protection Device ......................122
Excessive Number of Indoor Units .......................175
Index
F
F3 ........................................................................ 147
F6 ........................................................................ 148
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ........................ 126
Field Setting .......................................................... 71
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit ............................. 84
Field Setting from Remote Control ........................ 71
Filter Sign Setting .................................................. 76
Freeze Prevention ................................................. 62
Functional Parts Layout ........................................ 38
H
H9 ........................................................................ 149
Heating Operation Prohibition ............................... 56
High Pressure Protection Control .......................... 52
High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit .. 163
I
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control ...................................... 184
Inverter Compressor Abnormal ........................... 159
Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ......................... 143
Inverter Current Abnormal ................................... 160
Inverter Protection Control .................................... 55
Inverter Start up Error ......................................... 161
J
J3
J5
J6
J7
J9
JA
JC
........................................................................ 150
........................................................................ 151
........................................................................ 152
........................................................................ 153
........................................................................ 154
........................................................................ 155
........................................................................ 156
L
L1 ........................................................................ 157
L4 ........................................................................ 158
L5 ........................................................................ 159
L8 ........................................................................ 160
L9 ........................................................................ 161
LC ........................................................................ 162
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ............. 59
Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure .............. 164
Low Pressure Protection Control .................... 53, 54
M
M1 ....................................................................... 182
M8 ....................................................................... 183
MA ....................................................................... 184
Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board 118
Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device .... 132
Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) 150
Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) 124
Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor .................. 155
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature
Rise .............................................................. 158
i
SiENBE34-703
Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ...................156
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic
Expansion Valve (Y1E) .................................129
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic
Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E) ........................145
Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ................144
Malfunction of PC Board ......................................157
Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger
Gas Pipe Thermistor (R4T) ...........................154
Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) ...............127
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System
Address Undefined .......................................180
Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air ...135
Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger ...133
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ....134
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for
Suction Pipe 1, 2 ...........................................151
Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) for Outdoor
Unit Heat Exchanger .....................................152
Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor
Unit Liquid Pipe .............................................153
Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air .........136
Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control ..137
Malfunction of Transmission between Central
Remote Control and Indoor Unit ..................177
Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Remote Control and Indoor Unit ...................181
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor
and Outdoor Units in the Same System ........173
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units
and Outdoor Units .........................................169
Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board ..........................................162
Malfunction of Transmission between Main and
Sub Remote Controls ....................................172
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control ................183
Malfunction of Transmission between
Remote Control and Indoor Unit ...................171
MC ........................................................................186
Method of Replacing The Inverter’s Power
Transistors and Diode Modules ....................228
N
Protection Control ................................................. 52
Pump-down Residual Operation ........................... 49
R
Refrigerant Circuit ................................................. 36
Refrigerant Cylinders .......................................... 234
Refrigerant Overcharged ..................................... 148
Restart Standby .................................................... 50
S
Service Tools ...................................................... 235
Setting by Dip Switches ........................................ 84
Setting by pushbutton switches ............................. 86
Setting Contents and Code No. ............................ 74
Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand
Operation ....................................................... 95
Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation ... 99
Special Control ...................................................... 45
Specifications .......................................................... 6
Startup Control ...................................................... 45
Stopping Operation ............................................... 51
Swing Flaps ........................................................... 63
Symptom-based Troubleshooting ............... 105, 242
System is not Set yet .......................................... 179
T
Test Operation
Procedure and Outline .................................... 66
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics 225
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control .................. 60
U
U0 ........................................................................ 164
U2 ........................................................................ 166
U3 ........................................................................ 168
U4 ........................................................................ 169
U5 ........................................................................ 171
U8 ........................................................................ 172
U9 ........................................................................ 173
UA ....................................................................... 175
UC ....................................................................... 176
UE ............................................................... 177, 181
UF ....................................................................... 179
UH ....................................................................... 180
Normal Operation ...................................................41
O
Oil Return Operation ..............................................46
Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................187
Operation Mode .....................................................40
Operation when Power is Turned On .....................69
Option List ............................................................218
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ..............................70
Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe ......226
P
P1 .........................................................................163
PC Board Defect ..................................123, 138, 182
Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure .166
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) ..........232
Pressure Sensor ..................................................227
ii
Index
SiENBE34-703
Drawings & Flow Charts
A
abnormal discharge pipe temperature .................147
actuation of high pressure switch .........................139
actuation of low pressure sensor .........................141
address duplication of central remote control ......176
address duplication, improper setting ..................186
C
centralized control group no. setting ......................80
brc1c type ........................................................80
brc4c type ........................................................81
brc7c type ........................................................81
brc7e type ........................................................81
group no. setting example ...............................81
check for causes of drop in low pressure .............194
check for causes of rise in high pressure .............193
check for fan motor connector ..............................195
check operation ......................................................67
check operation not executed ..............................168
check work prior to turn power supply on ...............66
compressor motor lock .........................................143
contents of control modes ......................................82
how to select operation mode ..........................83
cooling operation fan control ..................................44
D
display “under host computer integrate control”
blinks (repeats double blink) .........................192
display “under host computer integrate control”
blinks (repeats single blink) ...........................189
display of sensor and address data .....................114
drain level above limit ...........................................131
drain pump control .................................................57
when the float switch is tripped and “af”
is displayed on the remote control .......58
when the float switch is tripped during
heating operation ................................58
when the float switch is tripped while the
cooling thermostat is off ......................57
when the float switch is tripped while the
cooling thermostat is on ......................57
E
error of external protection device ........................122
excessive number of indoor units .........................175
F
fan motor (m1f) lock, overload .............................126
freeze prevention ...................................................62
functional parts layout ............................................38
H
high pressure protection control .............................52
high voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit ..163
Drawings & Flow Charts
I
improper combination of optional controllers
for centralized control ................................... 184
inverter compressor abnormal ............................. 159
inverter current abnormal .................................... 160
inverter protection control ...................................... 55
inverter start up error ........................................... 161
L
louver control for preventing ceiling dirt ................. 59
low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage
or electronic expansion valve failure ............ 164
low pressure protection control ....................... 53, 54
M
malfunction of capacity determination device ...... 132
malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (r2t) ..... 150
malfunction of drain level control system (33h) ... 124
malfunction of high pressure sensor ................... 155
malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise .. 158
malfunction of low pressure sensor ..................... 156
malfunction of moving part of electronic
expansion valve (20e) .................................. 129
malfunction of moving part of electronic
expansion valve (y1e, y3e) .......................... 145
malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor .................. 144
malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger
gas pipe thermistor (r4t) ............................... 154
malfunction of swing flap motor (ma) .................. 127
malfunction of system, refrigerant system
address undefined ........................................ 180
malfunction of thermistor (r1t) for outdoor air ...... 149
malfunction of thermistor (r1t) for suction air ....... 135
malfunction of thermistor (r2t) for heat exchanger .. 133
malfunction of thermistor (r3t) for gas pipes ........ 134
malfunction of thermistor (r3t, r5t) for
suction pipe 1, 2 ........................................... 151
malfunction of thermistor (r6t) for outdoor
unit heat exchanger ...................................... 152
malfunction of thermistor (r7t) for outdoor
unit liquid pipe .............................................. 153
malfunction of thermistor for discharge air .......... 136
malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control .... 137
malfunction of transmission between central
remote control and indoor unit ..................... 177
malfunction of transmission between
centralized remote control and indoor unit ... 181
malfunction of transmission between indoor
and outdoor units in the same system ......... 173
malfunction of transmission between indoor
units and outdoor units ................................. 169
malfunction of transmission between inverter
and control pc board .................................... 162
malfunction of transmission between main and
sub remote controls ...................................... 172
iii
SiENBE34-703
malfunction of transmission between optional
controllers for centralized control ..................183
malfunction of transmission between remote
control and indoor unit ..................................171
method of replacing the inverter’s power
transistors modules .......................................228
O
operation lamp blinks ...........................................187
operation mode ......................................................40
operation of the remote control’s inspection /
test operation button .....................................112
outdoor unit pc board layout ...................................70
P
pc board defect ....................................123, 138, 182
piping diagrams ....................................................198
power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure ..166
pressure sensor ...................................................227
R
refrigerant circuit ....................................................36
refrigerant overcharged ........................................148
remote control self-diagnosis function ..................115
remote control service mode ................................113
S
self-diagnosis by wired remote control .................109
self-diagnosis by wireless remote control ............110
setting of low noise operation and demand operation ....95
image of operation ...........................................96
setting of refrigerant additional charging operation ....99
check operation .............................................101
simplified remote control ........................................73
brc2c51 ............................................................73
system is not set yet .............................................179
T
thermostat sensor in remote control .......................60
cooling .............................................................60
heating .............................................................61
torque wrench ......................................................237
troubleshooting by remote control ........................108
turn power on .........................................................66
W
weigher for refrigerant charge ..............................240
wired remote control ...............................................71
wireless remote control - indoor unit
brc4c type ........................................................72
brc7c type ........................................................72
brc7e type ........................................................72
wiring diagrams ....................................................202
iv
Drawings & Flow Charts
Daikin Europe N.V. is approved by LRQA for its Quality
Management System in accordance with the ISO9001
standard. ISO9001 pertains to quality assurance regarding
design, development, manufacturing as well as to services
related to the product.
ISO14001 assures an effective environmental
management system in order to help protect human health
and the environment from the potential impact of our
activities, products and services and to assist in
maintaining and improving the quality of the environment.
The present publication is drawn up by way of information only and does not
constitute an offer binding upon Daikin Europe N.V.. Daikin Europe N.V. has
compiled the content of this publication to the best of its knowledge. No
express or implied warranty is given for the completeness, accuracy,
reliability or fitness for particular purpose of its content and the products and
services presented therein. Specifications are subject to change without
prior notice. Daikin Europe N.V. explicitly rejects any liability for any direct or
indirect damage, in the broadest sense, arising from or related to the use
and/or interpretation of this publication. All content is copyrighted by Daikin
Europe N.V..
Naamloze Vennootschap
Zandvoordestraat 300
B-8400 Oostende - Belgium
www.daikin.eu
BTW: BE 0412 120 336
RPR Oostende
SiENBE34-703 • 01/2008 • Copyright © Daikin
Daikin units comply with the European regulations that
guarantee the safety of the product.
VRV products are not within the scope of the Eurovent
certification programme.
ÉSiENBE34-703kËÍ
Prepared in Belgium by Lannoo (www.lannooprint.be), a company whose concern for
the environmont is set in the EMAS and ISO 14001 systems.
Responsible Editor: Daikin Europe N.V., Zandvoordestraat 300, B- 8400 Oostende
Daikin’s unique position as a manufacturer of air
conditioning
equipment,
compressors
and
refrigerants has led to its close involvement in
environmental issues. For several years Daikin has
had the intension to become a leader in the provision
of products that have limited impact on the
environment. This challenge demands the eco design
and development of a wide range of products and an
energy management system, resulting in energy
conservation and a reduction of waste.
Download PDF